SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If … - Body Electrical.pdf · SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If electrical maintenance is required) ... Honda dealer. • To avoid

ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ２２０１ＡＢＡＴ００

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If electrical maintenance is required)

The Ridgeline SRS includes a driver’s airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger’s airbag in the dashboard abovethe glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof, and sideairbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this Service Manual.Items marked with an asterisk ( ) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components. Servicing,disassembling, or replacing these items requires special precautions and tools, and should be done by an authorizedHonda dealer.

• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontalor side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.

• Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injurycaused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.

• Do not bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, or side impact sensors when the ignition switch is ON (II),or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF; otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or theairbags may deploy.

• SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the steeringcolumn, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats,in the roof side, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

07/05/09 16:24:14 61SJC020_220_0001

ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ２２０１ＺＣＡＴ００

Body Electrical

Body Electrical

..................................................Relay and Control

Unit Locations . 22-7

................Connectors and Harnesses . 22-15

................................................Fuse/Relay Boxes . 22-60

............................................Power Distribution . 22-64

........................................Ground Distribution . 22-68

Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box

............Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box . 22-73

Battery

Relays

Ignition Switch

Multiplex Integrated Control System

Keyless/Power Door Locks/SecuritySystem

Horns

Exterior Lights

Dash Lights Brightness Controller

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Lights

...................................................

...................................................

Special Tools . 22-2General Troubleshooting Information . 22-3

..........................................................

..........................................................

DTC Troubleshooting . 22-69Removal and Installation . 22-72

...........................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................

Test . 22-77Replacement . 22-77

...........................

.........................................................

.........................

..........................

..........................

.........................

.....................................................................

.........................................................................

...............

............................................................

...........................

.........................................................

.........................

..........................

..........................

.........................

.....................................................................

.........................................................................

...............

............................................................

Component Location Index . 22-78General Troubleshooting Information . 22-80DTC Troubleshooting Index . 22-83System Description . 22-87Troubleshooting-B-CAN System

Diagnosis Test Mode A . 22-99Troubleshooting-B-CAN System

Diagnosis Test Mode B . 22-100Troubleshooting-B-CAN System

Diagnosis Test Mode C . 22-101Troubleshooting-B-CAN System

Diagnosis Test Mode D . 22-102Troubleshooting-B-CAN System

Diagnosis Test 1 and 2 . 22-103Circuit Diagram . 22-106DTC Troubleshooting . 22-108MICU Input Test . 22-117Gauge Control Module Input Test . 22-122Door Multiplex Control Unit Input Test . 22-123Combination Switch Control Unit

Input Test . 22-124Relay Control Module Input Test . 22-125

.........................................................

..........................................................................

....................................................

................................................

................................................

..............................................

.....................................................................................

.........................................................

..........................................................................

....................................................

................................................

................................................

..............................................

.....................................................................................

Component Location Index . 22-126System Description . 22-128Circuit Diagram . 22-130DTC Troubleshooting . 22-133Symptom Troubleshooting . 22-138Control Unit Input Test . 22-139Door Lock Actuator Test . 22-146Door Lock Knob Switch Test . 22-147Door Key Cylinder Switch Test . 22-148Door Lock Switch Test . 22-149Hood Switch Test . 22-149Security Indicator Test/Replacement . 22-150In-Bed Trunk Lid Key Cylinder

Switch Test . 22-150Transmitter Test . 22-151

................................................................

...................................................................

................................................................

...................................................................

Component Location Index . 22-154Circuit Diagram . 22-155Horn Test/Replacement . 22-155Horn Switch Test . 22-156

................................................................

.............................................

...............................................................................

....................................................................

..................

..................................

.............

................................................................

.............................................

...............................................................................

....................................................................

..................

..................................

.............

Component Location Index . 22-157Circuit Diagram . 22-160DTC Troubleshooting . 22-168Brake Pedal Position Switch Test . 22-174Cargo Area Light Switch Test . 22-174Headlight Adjustment . 22-175Headlight Replacement . 22-176Bulb Replacement . 22-177Taillight Replacement . 22-178License Plate Light Replacement . 22-178High Mount Brake Light Replacement . 22-179Cargo Area Light Replacement . 22-180In-Bed Trunk Lid Latch Switch Test . 22-180Headlight Switch Test/Replacement . 22-181Tailgate Switch

Test/Replacement/Adjustment . 22-182

..........................................................................................................................................................................

Circuit Diagram . 22-183Controller Test . 22-184

................................................................

.......

..................................

................................................................

.......

..................................

Component Location Index . 22-185Circuit Diagram . 22-186Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test . 22-188Hazard Warning Switch

Test/Replacement . 22-190

07/05/09 16:24:14 61SJC020_220_0002

................................................................. 22-74Battery Test

................................................................. 22-75Power Relay Test

..............................

..............

..

Deleting - Manual Method Keyless Transmitter Programming/

.................................... . 22-153

Interior Lights

Entry Lights Control System

HomeLink Remote Control System

Power Windows

Wipers/Washers

Gauges

Safety Indicator System

Reminder Systems

Moonroof

Accessory Power Sockets

Power Seats

Seat Heaters

Power Mirrors

................................................................

................................................................

......................................

................................................

............

................................................................

................................................................

......................................

................................................

............

Component Location Index . 22-191Circuit Diagram . 22-192Front Individual Map Light

Replacement . 22-194Ambient Light Replacement . 22-195Ceiling Light Replacement . 22-195Console Box Light Replacement . 22-196Vanity Mirror Light Test . 22-197Courtesy Light Replacement . 22-197Glove Box Light Test/Replacement . 22-198Interior Light Switch Test/Replacement . 22-198

................................................................

.........................................................

..............................

................................................................

.........................................................

..............................

Component Location Index . 22-199Circuit Diagram . 22-200Control Unit Input Test . 22-201Ignition Key Switch Test . 22-204Ignition Key Light Test . 22-204

.......................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................

Circuit Diagram . 22-205Test . 22-205

.........................................................

......................................................................................

..........................................................

........

...............................................................................

................................................

..................................

..........................................................

.........................................................

......................................................................................

..........................................................

........

...............................................................................

................................................

..................................

..........................................................

Component Location Index . 22-207System Description . 22-208Resetting the Power Window

Control Unit . 22-209Circuit Diagram . 22-211DTC Troubleshooting . 22-214Master Switch Input Test . 22-217Driver’s Power Window Motor Test . 22-220Passenger’s Power Window Motor

Test . 22-221Master Switch Replacement . 22-221Passenger’s Power Window Switch

Test/Replacement . 22-222Back Power Window Motor Test . 22-223Back Power Window Switch

Test/Replacement . 22-223Back Power Window Position Switch

Test . 22-224

................................................................

................................

..........................................................

...........................................................................

......................................

.......................................

......................................

................................................................

................................

..........................................................

...........................................................................

......................................

.......................................

......................................

Component Location Index . 22-225Circuit Diagram . 22-226DTC Troubleshooting . 22-228Combination Switch Control Unit

Input Test . 22-233Combination Switch Replacement . 22-235Wiper Motor Test . 22-235Washer Motor Test . 22-236Washer Fluid Level Switch Test . 22-236Wiper Motor Replacement . 22-237Washer Reservoir Replacement . 22-238Wiper Blade Replacement . 22-239Wiper Arm/Nozzle Adjustment . 22-240Washer Tube Replacement . 22-241

.................................................

..........................................................................

......

.................

.................................................

.................................................

..........................................................................

......

.................

.................................................

Component Location Index . 22-242Self-diagnostic Function . 22-244Circuit Diagram . 22-247DTC Troubleshooting . 22-254Gauge Control Module Replacement . 22-263Rewriting the ODO Data and Transferring

the Maintenance Minder on aNew Gauge Control Module . 22-263

Outside Air Temperature IndicatorCalibration . 22-264

Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement . 22-266

................................................................

..............................

................................................................

..............................

Component Location Index . 22-267Circuit Diagram . 22-268Control Unit Input Test . 22-269

........................................................................

........................................................................

Circuit Diagram . 22-272Control Unit Input Test . 22-273

................................................................

...............................................................

.................................................................................

................................................................

...............................................................

.................................................................................

Component Location Index . 22-276Circuit Diagram . 22-277Limit Switch Test . 22-278Limit Switch Replacement . 22-278Switch Test . 22-279Moonroof Motor Test . 22-279

................................................................

..................................

..................................

................................................................

..................................

..................................

Component Location Index . 22-280Circuit Diagram . 22-281Driver’s and Front Passenger’s

Accessory Power SocketTest/Replacement . 22-282

Rear Accessory Power SocketTest/Replacement . 22-283

................................................................

...........................................................................

................................................................

...........................................................................

Component Location Index . 22-284Circuit Diagram . 22-285Switch Test/Replacement . 22-286Motor Test . 22-287

........................................................................................................

.........................

........................................................................................................

.........................

Component Location Index . 22-288Circuit Diagram . 22-289Seat Heater Test . 22-290Switch Test/Replacement . 22-291

................................................................

.........

........................................................

.......

................................................................

.........

........................................................

.......

Component Location Index . 22-292Circuit Diagram . 22-293Power Mirror Switch Function Test . 22-294Power Mirror Switch

Test/Replacement . 22-295Power Mirror Actuator Test . 22-296Power Mirror Actuator Replacement . 22-297

07/05/09 16:24:15 61SJC020_220_0003

Power Lumbar Support

In-Bed Trunk Lid Opener

Electrical Compass

Heated Windshield Wiper Area

Immobilizer System

................................................................

...........................................................................

................................................................

...........................................................................

Component Location Index . 22-298Circuit Diagram . 22-299Switch Test/Replacement . 22-300Motor Test . 22-300

................................................................

................

................................................................

................

Component Location Index . 22-301Circuit Diagram . 22-302Main Switch Test/Replacement . 22-303

................................................................

..........................

................................................................

..........................

Component Location Index . 22-305Circuit Diagram . 22-306Electrical Compass Unit Input Test . 22-307Electrical Compass Calibration . 22-308

................................................................

..............................................

................................................................

..............................................

Component Location Index . 22-309Circuit Diagram . 22-310Function Test . 22-311

.........................................................

..........................................

..................................................................

..............................................................................................

....................................................

................................

................................................

...........................................

.........................................................

..........................................

..................................................................

..............................................................................................

....................................................

................................

................................................

...........................................

Component Location Index . 22-312System Description . 22-314Circuit Diagram . 22-315Symptom Troubleshooting

Information . 22-316Symptom Troubleshooting . 22-318System Check . 22-322Status Log . 22-323Registration for Immobilizer

System . 22-324

. 22-325

Input Test . 22-327Immobilizer Control Unit-Receiver

Replacement . 22-329

07/05/09 16:24:15 61SJC020_220_0004

..................................In-Bed Trunk Lid Actuator Test . 22-304

In-Bed Trunk Lid Handle Switch Test/Replacement ...................................

Immobilizer Control Unit-ReceiverReplacement

Imoes Unit Input Test/

................................... 22-303..............

................

０１０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ２２０１ＰＡＡＴ００

Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

22-2

Body Electrical

Special Tools

07WAZ-001010A MPCS (MCIC) Service Connector 107TAZ-001020A Back Probe Adaptor 1

07/05/09 16:24:15 61SJC020_220_0005

０１

０２

０３

０４

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２００００００００ＢＢＡＴ００

Tips and Precautions

Before Troubleshooting

Handling Connectors

22-3

General Troubleshooting Information

A

A

A

A

1. Check applicable fuses in the appropriate fuse/relaybox.

2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, andclean and tight connections.

• Do not quick-charge a battery unless thebattery ground cable has beendisconnected, otherwise you will damagethe alternator diodes.

• Do not attempt to crank the engine withthe battery ground cable looselyconnected or you will severely damage thewiring.

• Make sure the connectors are clean and have noloose wire terminals.

• Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed withdielectric grease (except watertight connectors).

• All connectors have push-down release type locks (A).

• Some connectors have a clip on their side used toattach them to a mount bracket on the body or onanother component. This clip has a pull type lock.

• Some mounted connectors cannot be disconnectedunless you first release the lock and remove theconnector from its mount bracket (A).

• Never try to disconnect connectors by pulling on theirwires; pull on the connector halves instead.

• Always reinstall plastic covers.

• Before connecting connectors, make sure theterminals (A) are in place and not bent.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:24:16 61SJC020_220_0006

０５

０６

０７

０８

１０

Handling Wires and Harnesses

22-4

Body Electrical

General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

A

B

A

(P/N 08798-9001)

DOWN

A

A B

• Check for loose retainer (A) and rubber seals (B).

• The backs of some connectors are packed withdielectric grease. Add grease if necessary. If thegrease is contaminated, replace it.

• Insert the connector all the way and make sure it issecurely locked.

• Position wires so that the open end of the cover facesdown.

• Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame withtheir respective wire ties at the designated locations.

• Remove clips carefully; don’t damage their locks (A).

• After installing harness clips, make sure the harnessdoesn’t interfere with any moving parts.

• Keep wire harnesses away from exhaust componentsand other hot parts, from sharp edges of brackets andholes, and from exposed screws and bolts.

• Seat grommets in their grooves properly (A). Do notleave grommets distorted (B).

07/05/09 16:24:17 61SJC020_220_0007

１１

１２

Testing and Repairs Five-step Troubleshooting

22-5

• Do not use wires or harnesses with broken insulation.Replace them or repair them by wrapping the breakwith electrical tape.

• Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring.If there is an open or damage is SRS wiring orterminals, replace the harness.

• After installing parts, make sure that no wires arepinched under them.

• When using electrical test equipment, follow themanufacturer’s instructions and those described inthis manual.

• If possible, insert the probe of the tester from the wireside (except waterproof connector).

• Use back probe adaptor 07TAZ-001020A.

• Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit foridentification and replacement of connector terminals.

1. Verify The Complaint:Turn on all the components in the problem circuitto verify the customer complaint. Note thesymptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testinguntil you have narrowed down the problem area.

2. Analyze The Schematic:Look up the schematic for the problem circuit.Determine how the circuit is supposed to work bytracing the current paths from the power feedthrough the circuit components to ground. Ifseveral circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or aground is a likely cause.

Based on the symptoms and your understanding ofthe circuit operation, identify one or more possiblecauses of the problem.

3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit:Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you madein step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simpleprocedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting.Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try tomake tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Fix The Problem:Once the specific problem is identified, make therepair. Be sure to use proper tools and safeprocedures.

5. Make Sure The Circuit Works:Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in allmodes to make sure you’ve fixed the entireproblem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sureto test all of the circuits on the fuse. Make sure nonew problems turn up and the original problemdoes not recur.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:24:17 61SJC020_220_0008

０１

１４

Wire Color Codes How to Check for DTCs with the HondaDiagnostic System (HDS)

22-6

Body Electrical


WHT/BLK

A

The following abbreviations are used to identify wirecolors in the circuit schematics:

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................

WHT . WhiteYEL . YellowBLK . BlackBLU . BlueGRN . GreenRED . RedORN . OrangePNK . PinkBRN . BrownGRY . GrayPUR . PurpleLT BLU . Light BlueLT GRN . Light Green

The wire insulation has one color or one color withanother color stripe. The second color is the stripe.

NOTE: For specific operations, refer to the user’smanual that came with the Honda Diagnostic System(HDS).

1. Connect the HDS to the Data Link Connector (DLC)(A) located under the driver’s side of the dashboard.

2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle.If it doesn’t, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page11-194).

4. Enter BODY ELECTRICAL, then select the TESTMODE menu.

5. Check for DTCs with the HDS.

6. If any DTCs are indicated, note them, and go to theindicated DTC troubleshooting.

07/05/09 16:24:18 61SJC020_220_0009

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２００００００００ＤＥＡＴ０１

22-7

Relay and Control Unit Locations

Engine Compartment

SEAT HEATER RELAY

UNDER-HOODFUSE/RELAY BOX

ETCS RELAY

HEATED WINDSHIELDWIPER AREA RELAY

A/C COMPRESSORCLUTCH RELAY

BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

RELAY CONTROL MODULE(Built into the under-hoodfuse/relay box)

FAN CONTROL RELAY

RADIATOR FAN RELAY

A/C CONDENSER FAN RELAY

AUXILIARY UNDER-HOODRELAY BOX

PCM

AUXILIARY UNDER-HOODFUSE BOX

VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT

Wire colors: GRN, BLU/BLK,BLU/YEL, BLK and WHT/RED

Wire colors: YEL, BLU/BLK,YEL and GRN

Wire colors: GRN/YEL, BLU/YEL,BLU/YEL and YEL/GRN

07/05/09 16:24:18 61SJC020_220_0010

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２００００００００ＤＥＡＴ０２

22-8


Dashboard

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS RELAY (Canada)COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT(Built into the wiper/washer switch)

FRONT ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET RELAY

TRAILER LIGHTINGRELAY (Y-OP)

LOW BEAM CUT RELAY (Canada)

CARGO AREA LIGHT RELAY

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE

VTM-4 RELAY

PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1(FI MAIN)

TURN SIGNAL/HAZARD RELAY

REAR ACCESSORY POWERSOCKET RELAY

MULTIPLEX INTEGRATEDCONTROL UNIT (MICU)(Built into the under-dashfuse/relay box)

UNDER-DASHFUSE/RELAY BOX

STARTER CUT RELAY

A/F SENSOR RELAY

IGNITION COIL RELAY

PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2(Fuel pump relay)

POWER WINDOW RELAY

Wire colors: RED/BLK, RED/WHT,RED/WHT, BLK and BLU/WHT

Wire colors: BLK, YEL/RED,GRN/ORN and BLU/ORN

Wire colors: BLK,BLK/YEL, GRN andWHT/BLK

Wire colors: BLK, BLK/WHTRED/BLK and RED/GRN

Wire colors: RED/WHT,BLU/BLK, RED/WHT and YEL/BLU

Wire colors: WHT/RED,RED/BLU, BLK/YEL andORN/GRN

07/05/09 16:24:19 61SJC020_220_0011

０３

22-9

NAVIGATION DISPLAY(With navigation system)

AUDIO UNIT(Without navigation system)

AUDIO UNIT

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT orHVAC CONTROL UNIT

IMMOBILIZER CONTROLUNIT-RECEIVER

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:24:19 61SJC020_220_0012

０４

22-10


Dashboard (cont’d)

VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT

SRS UNIT

07/05/09 16:24:19 61SJC020_220_0013

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２００００００００ＤＥＡＴ０３

22-11

Rear Seat-back

IMOES UNIT(Behind the rear seat)(’07-08 Canada models, ’08 USA models)

XM RECEIVER(Behind the rear seat)

07/05/09 16:24:19 61SJC020_220_0014

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２００００００００ＤＥＡＴ０４

22-12


Roof

MOONROOF OPEN RELAY

MOONROOF CLOSE RELAY

ELECTRICAL COMPASS UNIT*(Built into the rearview mirror)

*: RTL, RTS, and EXL models

HOMELINK UNIT

Wire colors: GRN/YEL, GRN,GRY/BLU, BLK and GRN/WHT

Wire colors: GRN/BLK, GRN,GRN/WHT, BLK and GRN/WHT

07/05/09 16:24:20 61SJC020_220_0015

(Built into the roof console)

０７

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２００００００００ＤＥＡＴ０５

Driver’s Door

22-13

Door

DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT(Built in the power window master switch)

07/05/09 16:24:20 61SJC020_220_0016

０８

＊０３

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２００００００００ＤＥＡＴ０６

Driver’s Seat

Passenger’s Seat

22-14


Seat

NAVIGATION UNIT

OPDS UNIT (’06 model)ODS UNIT (’07-08 models)

07/05/09 16:24:20 61SJC020_220_0017

＋－

－＋

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２００００００００ＤＦＡＴ００

Harness LocationEngine

CompartmentDashboard Others (Floor, Seat,

Door, Trunk, and Roof)Notes

22-15

Connectors and Harnesses

Connector Index

Identification numbers have been assigned to in-line connectors, junction connectors, and terminals. The number is preceded by the letter ‘‘C’’for connectors ‘‘G’’ for ground terminals or ‘‘T’’ for non-ground terminals.

Starter cable T1, T2, T5 and ( ) (see page 22-16)Battery ground cable G1 and ( ) (see page 22-16)Engine ground cable A G2, T4 (see page 22-16)Engine ground cable B T3 and ( ) (see page 22-16)Alternator B cable T101, T102 (see page 22-16)Engine wire harness C101 through C105,

and C151,G101 and G102

(see page 22-18)

Shift solenoid/torque converterclutch solenoid wire harness

C151

Right engine compartment wireharness

C101 and C102,G201 and G202

C201 through C206 (see page 22-22)

Left engine compartment wireharness

G301 and G302 C203, C301 and C302 (see page 22-26)

Dashboard wire harness(left branch)

C204 through C206,C301, C302, C401 through C403,C451, C452, G401, G403

(see page 22-28)

Dashboard wire harness(right branch)

C202, C404 through C409,G402, G404 and G405

(see page 22-32)

Floor wire harness(left branch)

C402 and C403, C501 and C502 C503 C506, C509,C510 and C511, G502

(see page 22-36)

Floor wire harness(right branch)

C201, C404 through C406 C504, C505, C507 andC508, G501

(see page 22-38)

In-Bed trunk subharness C601 (see page 22-52)Rear wire harness C509, C510, C601

through C603,G601 and G602

(see page 22-42)

Roof wire harness C401, C501 G551 (see page 22-40)Driver’s door wire harness C453 through C455 (see page 22-44)Driver’s door wire harness C453 and C454 (see page 22-46)Driver’s door subharness C502 C453 and C454 (see page 22-44)Driver’s door subharness C502 C453 and C454 (see page 22-46)Security indicator subharness C455 (see page 22-44)Front passenger’s door wireharness

C408 (see page 22-48)

Right rear door wire harness C507 (see page 22-50)Left rear door wire harness C506 (see page 22-49)Cable reel subharness (see page 22-51)A/C wire harness C407 (see page 22-53)Driver’s seat wire harness C503, C851 and C852 (see page 22-54)Power lumber supportsubharness

C851 (see page 22-54)

Recline motor subharness C852 (see page 22-54)Seat position sensor harness(’07-08 models)

C511 (see page 22-54)

Front passenger’s seat wireharness

C504, C801 (see page 22-56)

OPDS unit wire harness (’06model)

C801 (see page 22-56)

ODS unit wire harness (’07-08models)

C801 (see page 22-56)

Center console subharness C505 (see page 22-58)Ignition switch harness (see page 22-57)Rear differential subharness A C602 (see page 22-59)Rear differential subharness B C603 (see page 22-59)1:RTS, RTL, and EXL models2:RT, RTX, and LX models

1

2

1

2

1

07/05/09 16:24:20 61SJC020_220_0018

(see page 22-20)

＋

－

－

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２１４４１１ＤＢＡＴ００

＋

Starter Cable

Alternator B Cable

Battery Ground Cable

Engine Ground Cable A

Engine Ground Cable B

Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes





22-16


Connector to Harness Index

T1 1 Right side of engine compartment Under-hood fuse/relay boxT2 4 Middle of engine compartment Starter motorT5 2 Left side of engine compartment Auxiliary under-hood fuse

box( ) Battery Battery positive terminal

T101 9 Right side of engine compartment Under-hood fuse/relay boxT102 6 Front of engine compartment Alternator B terminal

G1 3 Left side of engine compartment Body ground, via engineground cable

( ) Battery Battery negative terminal

G2 7 Right side engine compartment Body ground, via engineground cable

T4 8 Right side engine compartment Right side engine mount

T3 5 Left side of engine compartment Transmission housing( ) Battery Battery negative terminal

07/05/09 16:24:21 61SJC020_220_0019

＊０１

＋

－

＋

22-17

ENGINE GROUNDCABLE A

ALTERNATOR BCABLE

BATTERY GROUNDCABLE

ENGINE GROUNDCABLE B

STARTER CABLE

( )

( )

2 3

4

5

1

6

7

8

9

07/05/09 16:24:21 61SJC020_220_0020

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２２５１０１ＤＢＡＴ００

Engine Wire Harness


22-18


Connector to Harness Index (cont’d)

A/F sensor, front (Bank 2, sensor 2) 36 8 Cylinder headA/F sensor, rear (Bank 1, sensor 1) 10 8 Exhaust manifold (front bank)Alternator 44 4 Middle of engine compartmentA/T clutch pressure control valve A 26 2 Transmission housingA/T clutch pressure control valve B 25 2 Transmission housingA/T clutch pressure control valve C 18 2 Transmission housingATF temperature sensor 27 2 Transmission housingCMP sensor 48 3 Right side of engine compartmentCKP sensor 54 6 Right side of engine compartmentECT sensor 1 13 2 Left side of engine compartmentECT sensor 2 16 2 Left side of engine compartmentEGR valve and valve position sensor 34 6 Middle of engine compartmentEngine oil pressure switch 49 1 Right side of engine compartmentEVAP canister purge valve 12 2 Middle of engine compartmentIAT sensor 33 2 Middle of engine compartmentIgnition coil No. 1 5 3 Middle of engine compartmentIgnition coil No. 2 7 3 Middle of engine compartmentIgnition coil No. 3 9 3 Middle of engine compartmentIgnition coil No. 4 43 3 Middle of engine compartmentIgnition coil No. 5 41 3 Middle of engine compartmentIgnition coil No. 6 38 3 Middle of engine compartmentInjector No. 1 46 2 Middle of engine compartmentInjector No. 2 42 2 Middle of engine compartmentInjector No. 3 39 2 Middle of engine compartmentInjector No. 4 45 2 Middle of engine compartmentInjector No. 5 40 2 Middle of engine compartmentInjector No. 6 37 2 Middle of engine compartmentInput shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 31 3 Transmission housingIntake manifold tuning (IMT) actuator 53 5 Right side of engine compartmentKnock sensor 47 1 Right side of engine compartmentManifold absolute pressure (MAP)sensor

14 3 Middle of engine compartment

Output shaft (countershaft) speedsensor

30 3 Transmission housing

PCM connector B 52 44 Right side of engine compartmentPCM connector C 51 44 Right side of engine compartmentRocker arm oil pressure switch (VTECoil pressure switch)

50 2 Right side of engine compartment

Rocker arm control solenoid valve(VTEC solenoid valve)


Secondary heated oxygen sensor(SHO2), front (Bank 2, Sensor 2)


Secondary heated oxygen sensor(SHO2), rear (Bank 1, Sensor 2)


Starter solenoid 29 1 Left side of engine compartmentThrottle body 15 6 Left side of engine compartmentTransmission range switch 28 10 Transmission housing3rd clutch transmission fluid pressureswitch


4th clutch transmission fluid pressureswitch


07/05/09 16:24:21 61SJC020_220_0021

０１

22-19

SHIFT SOLENOID/TORQUE CONVERTERCLUTCH SOLENOIDWIRE HARNESS

ENGINEWIRE HARNESS

1 2 3

4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29303132333435363738

39

40

41

42

43

4445

46

47484950

5152

53

54

55

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:24:22 61SJC020_220_0022

Engine Wire Harness (cont’d)

Shift Solenoid/Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Wire Harness



22-20



C101 1 23 Right side of engine compartment Right engine compartment wireharness (see page 22-22)

C102 3 2 Right side of engine compartment Right engine compartment wireharness (see page 22-22)

C103 (Junction connector) 6 24 Middle of engine compartmentC104 (Junction connector) 8 24 Middle of engine compartmentC105 (Junction connector) 2 24 Right side of engine compartmentC151 24 5 Left side of engine compartment Shift solenoid/Torque converter

clutch solenoid wire harnessG101 17 Left side of engine compartment Body ground, via engine wire

harnessG102 4 Right side of engine compartment Body ground, via engine wire

harness

Shift solenoid valve A 22 1 Left side of engine compartmentShift solenoid valve B 23 1 Left side of engine compartmentShift solenoid valve C 20 1 Left side of engine compartmentTorque converter clutch solenoidvalve

21 1 Left side of engine compartment

C151 24 5 Left side of engine compartment Engine wire harness

07/05/09 16:24:22 61SJC020_220_0023

０２

22-21

SHIFT SOLENOID/TORQUE CONVERTERCLUTCH SOLENOIDWIRE HARNESS

ENGINEWIRE HARNESS

1 2 3

4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29303132333435363738

39

40

41

42

43

4445

46

47484950

5152

53

54

55

07/05/09 16:24:22 61SJC020_220_0024

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２２４５０２ＤＢＡＴ００

Right Engine Compartment Wire Harness


22-22



A/C compressor clutch 26 1 Behind middle of front bumperA/C condenser fan motor 27 2 Behind middle of front bumperA/C condenser fan relay 33 5 Right side of engine compartmentA/C pressure switch 44 4 Right side of engine compartmentAccelerator pedal position sensors 1 and2 (APP 1, APP 2)


Diode (for A/C) 2 4 Under right side of dashFan control relay 31 5 Right side of engine compartmentHorn (high) 23 1 Behind middle of front bumperLeft front initiator 34 3 Left side of engine compartmentOptional connector (for fog light) 21 2 Behind middle of front bumperOutside air temperature sensor 30 2 Behind middle of front bumperPCM connector A 12 44 Right side of engine compartmentPower steering pressure (PSP) switch 43 2 Right side of engine compartmentRadiator fan motor 28 2 Behind middle of front bumperRadiator fan relay 32 4 Right side of engine compartmentRight front initiator 4 3 Right side of engine compartmentRight front turn signal/parking light 18 3 Behind right headlightRight front wheel sensor 46 2 Right side of engine compartmentRight headlight 22 3 Behind right headlightSRS right front impact sensor 25 2 Behind middle of front bumperSecurity hood switch 29 2 Behind middle of front bumperUnder-dash fuse/relay box connector B(see page 22-61)

37 6 Under left side of dash

Under-dash fuse/relay box connector C(see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connector D(see page 22-61)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector A(ELD unit) (see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector B(see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector C(see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector D(see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector E(see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector F(see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector G(see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector H(see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector J(see page 22-60)


Under-hood fuse/relay box connector K(see page 22-60)


Washer fluid level switch 24 2 Behind middle of front bumperWindshield washer motor 20 2 Behind middle of front bumperWindshield wiper motor 42 5 Left side of engine compartment: RTS, RTL, and EXL models

07/05/09 16:24:23 61SJC020_220_0025

＊０１

22-23

2

3

4

5

1

16

17

19

18 20

11

1214

13 15

26

27

29

28

30

2122

2423 25

3637

39

38

40

31

32

34

33

35

46

4142

4443

45

10

6

7

8

9


RIGHT ENGINECOMPARTMENTWIRE HARNESS

47

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:24:23 61SJC020_220_0026

Right Engine Compartment Wire Harness (cont’d)


22-24



C101 15 23 Right side of engine compartment Engine wire harness(see page 22-18)

C102 16 2 Right side of engine compartment Engine wire harness(see page 22-18)

C201 1 10 Under right side of dash Floor wire harness (see page22-38)

C202 3 4 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness(see page 22-32)

C203 39 12 Under left side of dash Left engine compartment wireharness (see page 22-26)

C204 40 34 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness(see page 22-28)



G201 19 Right side of engine compartment Body ground, via right enginecompartment wire harness

G202 17 Right side of engine compartment Body ground, via right enginecompartment wire harness

07/05/09 16:24:23 61SJC020_220_0027

＊０２

22-25

2

3

4

5

1

16

17

19

18 20

11

1214

13 15

26

27

29

28

30

2122

2423 25

3637

39

38

40

31

32

34

33

35

46

4142

4443

45

10

6

7

8

9


RIGHT ENGINECOMPARTMENTWIRE HARNESS

47

07/05/09 16:24:24 61SJC020_220_0028

－＋

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２２４５０１ＤＢＡＴ００

Left Engine Compartment Wire Harness


22-26



Auxiliary under-hood fuse box 9 Left side of engine compartmentBrake fluid level switch ( ) 13 1 Left side of engine compartmentBrake fluid level switch ( ) 14 1 Left side of engine compartmentHorn (low) 1 1 Behind middle of front bumperLeft front turn signal/parking light 6 3 Behind left headlightLeft front wheel sensor 8 2 Left side of engine compartmentLeft headlight 2 3 Behind left headlightSRS left front impact sensor 3 2 Left side of engine compartmentVSA modulator-control unit 7 46 Left side of engine compartmentC203 12 12 Under left side of dash Right engine compartment

wire harness (see page 22-22)C301 10 4 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness

(see page 22-28)C302 11 23 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness

(see page 22-28)G301 4 Left side of engine compartment Body ground, via left engine

compartment wire harnessG302 5 Left side of engine compartment Body ground, via left engine

compartment wire harness

07/05/09 16:24:24 61SJC020_220_0029

０１

22-27

LEFT ENGINECOMPARTMENTWIRE HARNESS

2

3

4 5

1

6

7

8

9

11

1214 13

10

07/05/09 16:24:24 61SJC020_220_0030

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２１９４００ＤＢＡＴ００

Dashboard Wire Harness (Left branch)


22-28



Back-up lights diode 16 2 Middle of dash 4Brake pedal position switch 24 4 Under left side of dashCable reel connector A 18 13 In steering column coverCargo area light relay 30 4 Under left side of dashCargo area light switch 25 5 Under left side of dashCombination switch 22 12 In steering column coverCondenser (Brake light) 36 2 Under left side of dashCruise control main switch 37 5 Under left side of dashD3 switch/park pin switch/shift locksolenoid

17 6 In steering column cover

Dash lights brightness controller 7 6 Under left side of dashDaytime running lights relay 9 5 Under left side of dash CanadaDriver’s airbag inflator 23 4 Under left side of dashFront accessory power socket relay 6 4 Under left side of dashGauge control module connector A 11 20 Behind gaugesGauge control module connector B 10 14 Behind gaugesHeadlight switch 29 6 Under left side of dashIgnition key switch 20 6 In steering column coverImmobilizer control unit-receiver 19 7 In steering column coverLeft tweeter 3 2 Under left side of dashLow beam cut relay 28 5 Under left side of dash CanadaMoonroof switch 8 6 Under left side of dash 1Parking brake switch 33 1 Under left side of dashSteering angle sensor 21 5 In steering column coverTPMS control unit connector A 27 20 Under left side of dashTPMS control unit connector B 26 14 Under left side of dashTrailer back-up light connector 31 4 Under left side of dash 2Trailer converter 13 10 Middle of dash 2Trailer electric brake connector 31 4 Under left side of dash 3Trailer lighting relay 4 4 Under left side of dash 3Trailer lighting relay 4 4 Under left side of dash 2Trailer connector A 13 10 Middle of dash 3Trailer electric brake connector 12 4 Middle of dash 2Under-dash fuse/relay box connector N(see page 22-61)

41 45 Left kick panel

Under-dash fuse/relay box connector P(MICU) (see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connector R(see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connector S(see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connector X(see page 22-61)


VSA OFF switch 35 10 Under left side of dashVTM-4 relay 5 4 Under left side of dash1: With moonroof2: ’07-08 models: RTX3: Optional, Except RTX models4: ’07-08 models

07/05/09 16:25:22 61SJC020_220_0031

＊０１

22-29

1

2

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

17

18

19

20

21

2223

24

25

2627

2829

30

31

32

33

34

3536

37

383940

4142

43

44

45

46

47

48

DASHBOARDWIRE HARNESS


16

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:25:22 61SJC020_220_0032

Dashboard Wire Harness (Left branch) (cont’d)


22-30



C204 39 34 Under left side of dash Right engine compartmentwire harness (see page 22-22)





C401 46 23 Under left side of dash Roof wire harness (see page22-40)

C402 47 24 Under left side of dash Floor wire harness (see page22-36)

C403 48 16 Under left side of dash Floor wire harness (see page22-36)

C451 (Junction connector) 14 22 Under right side of dashC452 (Junction connector) 15 22 Under right side of dashG401 1 Under left side of dash Body ground, via dashboard

wire harnessG403 2 Under left side of dash Body ground, via dashboard

wire harness

07/05/09 16:25:23 61SJC020_220_0033

＊０２

22-31

1

2

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

17

18

19

20

21

2223

24

25

2627

2829

30

31

32

33

34

3536

37

383940

4142

43

44

45

46

47

48



16

07/05/09 16:25:23 61SJC020_220_0034

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２１９４００ＤＢＡＴ０１

Dashboard Wire Harness (Right branch)


22-32



Antenna lead 17 3 Behind right side of dashAudio unit (antenna lead) 8 3 Middle of dash 5Audio unit (antenna lead) 40 3 Middle of dash 6Audio unit connector A 10 20 Middle of dash 1Audio unit connector A 43 20 Middle of dash 2Audio unit connector B 11 14 Middle of dash 1Audio unit connector B 42 14 Middle of dash 2Audio unit connector C 9 8 Middle of dash 1Audio unit connector C 7 8 Middle of dash 2Audio unit connector D 12 6 Middle of dash 1Auxiliary jack 15 5 Behind right side of dash 1CD changer connector A 3 14 Middle of dash 1CD changer connector B 2 18 Middle of dash 1Climate control unit/HVAC control unit 38 30 Middle of dashData link connector (DLC) 36 16 Middle of dashDriver’s front accessory power socket 35 2 Middle of dashDriver’s seat heater switch 34 6 Middle of dashFront passenger’s airbag inflator 24 4 Behind right side of dashGauge control module connector C 1 20 Behind gaugeGlove box light 23 2 Behind right side of dashHazard warning switch 41 5 Middle of dash 3

41 6 4

Heated windshield wiper area 18 2 Behind right side of dashIn-bed trunk lid main switch 25 2 Behind right side of dashIn-car temperature sensor 37 2 Middle of dashInterior light switch 39 6 Middle of dashNavigation display connector A 4 20 Middle of dash 1Navigation display connector B 5 10 Middle of dash 1Passenger’s front accessory powersocket

32 2 Middle of dash

Passenger’s seat heater switch 33 6 Middle of dashRight tweeter 16 2 Behind right side of dashSRS unit connector A 28 28 Under console panelSelect/reset switch (gauge) 44 6 Middle of dashSunlight sensor 6 2 Middle of dashVTM-4 LOCK switch 45 5 Middle of dash1: With navigation system2: Without navigation system3: ’06 model4: ’07-08 models5: ’07-08 models with navigation system6: ’07-08 models without navigation system

07/05/09 16:25:23 61SJC020_220_0035

Hazard warning switch/front passenger's airbag cutoff indicator

０３

22-33

1 2 3 4 5 6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

202122

232425

26

27282930

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45


(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:25:24 61SJC020_220_0036

Dashboard Wire Harness (Right branch) (cont’d)


22-34



C202 21 4 Right kick panel Right engine compartmentwire harness (see page 22-22)

C404 20 23 Right kick panel Floor wire harness (see page22-38)



C407 27 22 Under right side of dash A/C wire harness (see page22-53)

C408 22 23 Under right side of dash Front passenger’s door wireharness (see page 22-48)

C409 13 2 Middle of dash Dashboard wire harness(Right branch)

C409 14 2 Middle of dash Dashboard wire harness(Right branch)

G402 19 Right kick panel Body ground, via dashboardwire harness

G404 26 Under right side of dash Body ground, via dashboardwire harness

G405 31 Under right side of dash Body ground, via dashboardwire harness

: ’07-08 models

07/05/09 16:25:24 61SJC020_220_0037

０４

22-35

1 2 3 4 5 6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

202122

232425

26

27282930

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45


07/05/09 16:25:25 61SJC020_220_0038

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２２７０５１ＤＢＡＴ００

Floor Wire Harness (Left branch)


22-36



Driver’s door switch 7 1 Left B-pillarDriver’s seat belt buckle switch 27 3 Under driver’s seat 3Driver’s seat belt buckle switch 27 6 Under driver’s seat 5Driver’s seat belt tensioner 8 4 Left B-pillarDriver’s side airbag inflator 28 2 Under driver’s seatEVAP canister vent shut valve 29 2 Under left side of floorFuel pump/fuel gauge sending unit 19 5 Fuel tankFuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor 10 3 Under left side of floorImoes unit 21 5 Left cabin back panel 6Left rear door switch 15 1 Left C-pillarLeft side impact sensor (first) 9 2 Under driver’s seatLeft side impact sensor (second) 16 2 Left C-pillarNavigation service check connector 14 2 Under driver’s seat 1Navigation unit connector A 12 20 Under driver’s seat 1Navigation unit connector B 13 14 Under driver’s seat 1Navigation unit connector C 23 8 Under driver’s seat 1Navigation unit connector (GPS antenna) 24 2 Under driver’s seat 1Subwoofer 20 2 Left cabin back panelUnder-dash fuse/relay box connector E(see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connector F(see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connector H(see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connector Q(MICU) (see page 22-61)


C402 31 24 Left kick panel Dashboard wire harness(see page 22-28)


C501 1 4 Left kick panel Roof wire harness (see page22-40)

C502 30 4 Left kick panel Driver’s door subharnessRTS, RTL, and EXL models:(see page 22-44).RT, RTX, and LX models:(see page 22-46).

C503 26 12 Under driver’s seat Driver’s seat wire harness(see page 22-54)

2


3


4

C506 11 12 Left B-pillar Left rear door wire harness(see page 22-49)

C509 17 23 Left cabin back panel Rear wire harness (see page22-42)

C510 18 16 Left cabin back panel Rear wire harness (see page22-42)

C511 25 2 Under driver’s seat Seat position sensor harness(see page 22-54)

5

G502 22 Left cabin back panel Body ground, via floor wireharness

1: With navigation system2: ’06 model: RTL

’06 model: EXL3: ’06 model: RT and RTS

’06 model: LX4: ’07-08 models: RTS and RTL

’07-08 models: EXL5: ’07-08 models: RT and RTX

’07-08 models: LX6: ’07-08 Canada models, ’08 USA models

07/05/09 16:25:25 61SJC020_220_0039

０１

22-37

1

23

45

6

78

9

10

11

1213

1415

16 1718

19

2021

22

2324

2526272829

3031

FLOOR WIRE HARNESS

07/05/09 16:25:25 61SJC020_220_0040

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２２７０５１ＤＢＡＴ０１

Floor Wire Harness (Right branch)


22-38



Back power window motor 2 6 Right cabin back panelFront passenger’s door switch 10 1 Right B-pillarFront passenger’s side airbag inflator 8 2 Under front passenger’s seatFront passenger’s seat belt tensioner 15 4 Right B-pillarGPS antenna 21 2 Under middle of dashRight rear door switch 5 1 Right C-pillarRight side impact sensor (first) 9 2 Under front passenger’s seatRight side impact sensor (second) 4 2 Right C-pillarRollrate sensor 6 2 Under front passenger’s seatSRS unit connector B 17 28 Under middle of dashSRS unit connector C 18 28 Under middle of dashVTM-4 control unit connector A 11 22 Right kick panelVTM-4 control unit connector B 12 12 Right kick panelXM receiver 3 14 Right cabin back panelYaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 23 4 Under center consoleC201 13 10 Right kick panel Right engine compartment

wire harness (see page 22-22)C404 14 23 Right kick panel Dashboard wire harness

(see page 22-32)C405 19 20 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness

(see page 22-32)C406 20 6 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness

(see page 22-32)C504 7 10 Under front passenger’s seat Front passenger’s seat wire

harness (see page 22-56)C505 22 6 Under center console Center console subharness

(see page 22-58)C507 16 12 Right B-pillar Right rear door wire harness

(see page 22-50)C508 1 4 Right cabin back panel Floor wire harnessG501 24 Under center console Body ground, via floor wire

harness: With navigation system

07/05/09 16:25:25 61SJC020_220_0041

０２

22-39

1

2

3

4

5

67

8

910

1112

1314

151617181920212223

24

FLOOR WIRE HARNESS

07/05/09 16:25:26 61SJC020_220_0042

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２５１７０１ＤＢＡＴ００

Roof Wire Harness


22-40



Ambient light 4 10 Roof 1Automatic inside dimming mirror 5 4 Roof OptionalDriver’s vanity mirror light 15 2 Roof 3Electrical compass unit 2 7 Roof 4Front individual map light 3 3 RoofFront passenger’s vanity mirror light 1 2 RoofHigh mount brake light 9 2 RoofLeft side curtain airbag inflator 10 2 RoofMoonroof open relay 13 5 Roof 2Moonroof close relay 14 5 Roof 2Moonroof limit switch 7 4 Roof 2Moonroof motor 6 2 Roof 2Rear ceiling light 12 3 RoofRight side curtain airbag inflator 8 2 RoofUnder-dash fuse/relay box connector W(see page 22-61)



C501 16 4 Left kick panel Floor wire harness (see page22-36)

G551 11 Roof Body ground, via roof wireharness

1: With HomeLink Remote Control System2: With moonroof3: ’07-08 models4: RTS, RTL, and EXL

07/05/09 16:25:26 61SJC020_220_0043

０１

22-41

12

34

5

67 8 9 10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

ROOFWIRE HARNESS

07/05/09 16:25:26 61SJC020_220_0044

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２５０５０１ＤＢＡＴ００

Rear Wire Harness


22-42



Back power window position switch 22 2 Under floorLeft back-up light/brake light/rear turnsignal light/taillight

13 8 Left side of cargo area

Left cargo area light 1 19 2 Left side of cargo areaLeft cargo area light 2 16 2 Left side of cargo areaLeft license plate light 10 2 Behind middle of rear bumperLeft rear initiator 18 3 Left side of cargo areaLeft rear wheel sensor 12 2 Under floorRight back-up light/brake light/rearturn signal light/taillight

6 8 Right side of cargo area

Right cargo area light 1 1 2 Right side of cargo areaRight cargo area light 2 4 2 Right side of cargo areaRight license plate light 8 2 Behind middle of rear bumperRight rear initiator 2 3 Right side of cargo areaRight rear wheel sensor 11 2 Under floorTailgate switch 7 2 Right side of cargo areaTrailer lighting connector 9 10 Under floor 1Trailer lighting connector 9 10 Under floor 2C509 21 23 Left C-pillar Floor wire harness (see page

22-36)C510 20 16 Left C-pillar Floor wire harness (see page

22-36)C601 3 8 Right side of cargo area In-Bed trunk subharness

(see page 22-52)C602 14 2 Under floor Rear differential subharness A

(see page 22-59)C603 15 2 Under floor Rear differential subharness B

(see page 22-59)G601 17 Left side of cargo area Body ground, via rear wire

harnessG602 5 Right side of cargo area Body ground, via rear wire

harness1:RTX model2:Optional, Except RTX models

07/05/09 16:25:26 61SJC020_220_0045

０１

22-43

2

3

4

5

1

16

17

19

18

20

1112

14

13

15

21

22

10

6

7

8

9

REAR WIRE HARNESS

07/05/09 16:25:27 61SJC020_220_0046

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＣＪ５４２８３２２２１０１ＤＢＡＴ００

Driver’s Door Wire Harness (RTS, RTL, and EXL models)

Driver’s Door Subharness (RTS, RTL, and EXL models)

Security Indicator Subharness (RTS, RTL, and EXL models)




22-44



Back power window switch 14 6 Driver’s doorDoor multiplex control unit 13 23 Driver’s doorDriver’s door key cylinder switch 15 3 Driver’s doorDriver’s door lock actuator 2 2 Driver’s doorDriver’s door lock knob switch 1 3 Driver’s doorDriver’s door speaker 4 2 Driver’s doorDriver’s power window motor 11 6 Driver’s doorLeft power mirror actuator 10 8 Driver’s doorPower mirror switch 12 13 Driver’s doorC453 9 20 Driver’s door Driver’s door subharnessC454 7 17 Driver’s door Driver’s door subharnessC455 16 4 Driver’s door Security indicator subharness

Under-dash fuse/relay box connector J(see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connectorK (see page 22-61)


C453 9 20 Driver’s door Driver’s door wire harnessC454 7 17 Driver’s door Driver’s door wire harnessC502 8 4 Left kick panel Floor wire harness (see page

22-36)

Driver’s door courtesy light 3 2 Driver’s doorSecurity indicator 17 2 Driver’s doorC455 16 4 Driver’s door Driver’s door wire harness

07/05/09 16:25:27 61SJC020_220_0047

０１

22-45

SECURITY INDICATORSUBHARNESS

2

3

4 5

1

1617

11

1214 13

15

10

6

7

8

9

DRIVER’S DOORSUBHARNESS

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

DRIVER’S DOORWIRE HARNESS

07/05/09 16:25:27 61SJC020_220_0048

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＡＪ５４２８３２２２１０１ＤＢＡＴ００

Driver’s Door Wire Harness (RT, RTX, and LX models)

Driver’s Door Subharness (RT, RTX, and LX models)



22-46



Back power window switch 14 6 Driver’s doorDoor multiplex control unit 13 23 Driver’s doorDriver’s door courtesy light 3 2 Driver’s doorDriver’s door key cylinder switch 15 3 Driver’s doorDriver’s door lock actuator 2 2 Driver’s doorDriver’s door lock knob switch 1 3 Driver’s doorDriver’s door speaker 4 2 Driver’s doorDriver’s power window motor 11 6 Driver’s doorLeft power mirror actuator 10 8 Driver’s doorPower mirror switch 12 13 Driver’s doorC453 9 20 Driver’s door Driver’s door subharnessC454 7 17 Driver’s door Driver’s door subharness

Under-dash fuse/relay box connector J(see page 22-61)


Under-dash fuse/relay box connector K(see page 22-61)


C453 9 20 Driver’s door Driver’s door wire harnessC454 7 17 Driver’s door Driver’s door wire harnessC502 8 4 Left kick panel Floor wire harness (see page

22-36)

07/05/09 16:25:27 61SJC020_220_0049

０１

22-47

2

3

45

1

11

1214 13

15

10

6

7

8

9

DRIVER’S DOORSUBHARNESS


DRIVER’S DOOR WIRE HARNESS

07/05/09 16:25:28 61SJC020_220_0050

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２２２１０３ＤＢＡＴ１０

Front Passenger’s Door Wire Harness


22-48



2

345

16

7

8

FRONT PASSENGER’SDOOR WIRE HARNESS

Front passenger’s door courtesy light 3 2 Front passenger’s doorFront passenger’s door lock actuator 2 2 Front passenger’s doorFront passenger’s door lock knobswitch

1 3 Front passenger’s door

Front passenger’s door speaker 4 2 Front passenger’s doorFront passenger’s power windowswitch


Front passenger’s power windowmotor


Right power mirror actuator 7 8 Front passenger’s doorC408 6 23 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness

(see page 22-32)

07/05/09 16:25:28 61SJC020_220_0051

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２２２１０２ＤＢＡＴ００

Left Rear Door Wire Harness


22-49

LEFT REAR DOORWIRE HARNESS

2

3

4

5

1

6

7

Left rear door courtesy light 7 2 Left rear doorLeft rear door lock actuator 5 2 Left rear doorLeft rear door lock knob switch 6 3 Left rear doorLeft rear door speaker 3 2 Left rear doorLeft rear power window motor 4 6 Left rear doorLeft rear power window switch 1 6 Left rear doorC506 2 12 Left B-pillar Floor wire harness (see page

22-36)

07/05/09 16:25:28 61SJC020_220_0052

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２２２１０４ＤＢＡＴ００

Right Rear Door Wire Harness


22-50



RIGHT REAR DOORWIRE HARNESS

2

3

4

5

1

6

7

Right rear door courtesy light 1 2 Right rear doorRight rear door lock actuator 3 2 Right rear doorRight rear door lock knob switch 2 3 Right rear doorRight rear door speaker 5 2 Right rear doorRight rear power window motor 4 6 Right rear doorRight rear power window switch 7 6 Right rear doorC507 6 12 Right B-pillar Floor wire harness (see page

22-38)

07/05/09 16:25:28 61SJC020_220_0053

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２１６２５５ＤＢＡＴ００

Cable Reel Subharness


22-51

2

3

45

1

CABLE REEL SUBHARNESS

Audio remote switch 1 7 In steering column coverCable reel connector B 2 13 In steering column coverCruise control set/decel, resume/accel,cancel switch

3 7 In steering column cover

Horn switch 4 1 In steering column coverVoice control switch 5 5 In steering column cover

07/05/09 16:25:29 61SJC020_220_0054

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２３５２８５ＤＢＡＴ００

In-Bed Trunk Subharness


22-52



2

3

4

1

IN-BED TRUNK SUBHARNESS

In-Bed trunk lid key cylinder switch 2 2 In-Bed trunk lidIn-Bed trunk lid actuator/latch switch 1 3 In-Bed trunk lidIn-Bed trunk lid handle switch 3 2 In-Bed trunk lidC601 4 8 Right side of cargo area Rear wire harness (see page

22-42): RTS, RTL, and EXL models

07/05/09 16:25:29 61SJC020_220_0055

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２１２１３１ＤＢＡＴ００

A/C Wire Harness


22-53

2

3

4

5

1

6

7

8

Blower motor 4 2 Under middle of dashDriver’s air mix control motor 1 7 Under middle of dashEvaporator temperature sensor 8 2 Under middle of dashMode control motor 2 7 Under middle of dashPassenger’s air mix control motor 5 7 Under middle of dashPower transistor 6 4 Under middle of dashRecirculation control motor 3 7 Under middle of dashC407 7 22 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness

(see page 22-32): RTS, RTL, and EXL models

07/05/09 16:25:29 61SJC020_220_0056

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２５３８０１ＤＢＡＴ００

Driver’s Seat Wire Harness

Power Lumbar Support Subharness (RTL and EXL models)

Recline Motor Subharness (RTL and EXL models)

Seat Position Sensor Harness (’07-08 models: RT and RTX; ’07-08 models: LX)





22-54



Driver’s seat belt buckle switch 14 3 Under driver’s seat 5Driver’s seat heater 12 4 Under driver’s seat 1Driver’s seat position sensor 16 2 Under driver’s seat 3Front up-down motor 17 2 Under driver’s seatLumbar support switch 7 5 Left side of driver’s seat 1Power seat switch 9 12 Left side of driver’s seatRear up-down motor 6 2 Left side of driver’s seatSlide motor 11 2 Under driver’s seatC503 2 12 Under driver’s seat Floor wire harness (see page

22-36)4

C503 2 8 Under driver’s seat Floor wire harness (see page22-36)

2


3

C851 13 2 Under driver’s seat Power lumbar supportsubharness

1

C852 10 2 Under driver’s seat Recline motor subharness 11: RTL and EXL2: ’06 model: RT and RTS

’06 model: LX3: ’07-08 models: RTS and RTL

’07-08 models: EXL4: ’06 model: RTL

’06 model: EXL5: ’06 model: RTL

’07-08 models: RTS, RTL, and EXL

Lumbar support motor 1 2 Right side of driver’s seat backC851 15 2 Under driver’s seat Driver’s seat wire harness

Recline motor 3 5 Left side of driver’s seat backC852 5 2 Under driver’s seat Driver’s seat wire harness


Driver’s seat position sensor 4 2 Under driver’s seat

07/05/09 16:25:30 61SJC020_220_0057

０１

22-55

SEAT POSITION SENSOR HARNESS

12

3

4

5

6

7

8910

1112

13

14

15

16

17

POWER LUMBERSUPPORT SUBHARNESS

RECLINE MOTORSUBHARNESS

DRIVER’S SEATWIRE HARNESS

07/05/09 16:25:30 61SJC020_220_0058

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２５３８０２ＤＢＡＴ００

Front Passenger’s Seat Wire Harness

OPDS Unit Harness (’06 model)

ODS Unit Harness (’07-08 models)




22-56



1

234

5

6

7

FRONT PASSENGER’SSEAT WIRE HARNESS

OPDS UNIT HARNESS (’06 model)ODS UNIT HARNESS (’07-08 models)

Front passenger’s seat belt buckleswitch

2 3 Under front passenger’s seat

Front passenger’s seat heater 3 4 Under front passenger’s seatC504 6 10 Under front passenger’s seat Floor wire harness (see page

22-38)C801 4 4 Under front passenger’s seat OPDS unit harness (’06

model) or ODS unit harness(’07-08 models)

RTL and EXL models

OPDS unit 7 8 Left side of front passenger’s seatback

C801 4 4 Under front passenger’s seat Front passenger’s seat wireharness

Inner side front passenger’s seatweight sensor


ODS unit 7 18 Left side of front passenger’s seatback

Outer side front passenger’s seatweight sensor


C801 4 4 Under front passenger’s seat Front passenger’s seat wireharness

07/05/09 16:25:30 61SJC020_220_0059

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２３４４１１ＤＢＡＴ００

Ignition Switch Harness


22-57

IGNITION SWITCH HARNESS

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX1

Under-dash fuse/relay box connector A(see page 22-61)

1 6 Left kick panel

07/05/09 16:25:30 61SJC020_220_0060

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２１７２３３ＤＢＡＴ００

Center Console Subharness


22-58



CENTER CONSOLESUBHARNESS

2

3

4

1

Console Box Light 1 3 2 Center consoleConsole Box Light 2 1 2 Center consoleRear accessory power socket 2 2 Center consoleC505 4 6 Center console Floor wire harness (see page

22-38)

07/05/09 16:27:30 61SJC020_220_0061

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２８３２１９６６５ＤＢＡＴ００

Rear Differential Subharness A

Rear Differential Subharness B



22-59

1

2

3

4

1

2

REAR DIFFERENTIALSUBHARNESS A

REAR DIFFERENTIALSUBHARNESS B

Left clutch electromagnetic coil 1 2 Rear differentialC602 2 2 Rear differential Rear wire harness (see page

22-42)

Right clutch electromagnetic coil 2 2 Rear differentialDifferential oil temperature sensor 4 2 Rear differentialC603 1 6 Rear differential Rear wire harness (see page

22-42)T6 3 Rear differential Rear differential housing

07/05/09 16:27:30 61SJC020_220_0062

＋

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２２６５６２１００ＤＣＡＴ００


Socket Ref Terminal Connects to

22-60

Fuse/Relay Boxes

Connector to Fuse/Relay Box Index

21 43 5 6

7891012 1114 13151617

(Viewed from bottom)(Viewed from top)

A (ELD unit) 5 3 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)A/C compressor clutch relay 2 4B 7 1 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)Blower motor relay 1 4C 8 2 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)D 4 9 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)E 9 16 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)ETCS relay 15 4F 10 20 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)G 6 2 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)H 11 18 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)Heated windshield wiper area relay 3 4J 13 10 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)K 12 5 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)Seat heater relay 14 4T1 16 Starter cable (see page 22-16)T101 17 Alternator B cable (see page 22-16)

07/05/09 16:27:30 61SJC020_220_0063

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２２６５６２００１ＤＣＡＴ００

Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box


22-61

21 43 5

6

78

9

10 1211

14

13

15

16

17

18

19

2022 21

24

23

25

26

27

A 6 6 Ignition switch harness (see page 22-57)A/F sensor relay 20 4B 12 6 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)C 11 12 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)D 13 17 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-22)E 8 16 Floor wire harness (see page 22-36)F 9 14 Floor wire harness (see page 22-36)G 14 6 Not usedH 15 14 Floor wire harness (see page 22-36)Ignition coil relay 23 4J 27 21 Driver’s door subharness (see page 22-44)

Driver’s door subharness (see page 22-46)K 26 12 Driver’s door subharness (see page 22-44)

Driver’s door subharness (see page 22-46)M 25 3 MICU service check connectorN 2 45 Dashboard wire harness (see page 22-28)P (MICU) 17 30 Dashboard wire harness (see page 22-28)PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 21 4PGM-FI main relay 2 (fuel pump) 24 4Power window relay 22 4Q (MICU) 16 14 Floor wire harness (see page 22-36)R (MES connector) 3 2 Dashboard wire harness (see page 22-28)Rear accessory power socket relay 19 4S 5 2 Dashboard wire harness (see page 22-28)Starter cut relay 18 4T 7 6 Optional connectorTurn signal/hazard relay 4 6W 10 5 Roof wire harness (see page 22-40)X 1 39 Dashboard wire harness (see page 22-28)1:RTS, RTL, and EXL models2:RT, RTX, and LX models

1

2

1

2

07/05/09 16:27:31 61SJC020_220_0064

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２２６５６２１２５ＤＣＡＴ００

Auxiliary Under-hood Relay box


22-62

Fuse/Relay Boxes

Connector to Fuse/Relay Box Index (cont’d)

2

1

3

A/C condenser fan relay 3 4 Right engine compartment (see page 22-22)Fan control relay 1 5 Right engine compartment (see page 22-22)Radiator fan relay 2 4 Right engine compartment (see page 22-22)

07/05/09 16:27:31 61SJC020_220_0065

―――

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２２６５６２０９１ＤＣＡＴ００

Auxiliary Under-hood fuse Box

Socket Ref Connects toTerminal

22-63

1

T5 1 Starter cable (see page 22-16)

07/05/09 16:27:31 61SJC020_220_0066

―――

―――

―――

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２６０４０００００ＣＢＡＴ００


Fuse Number Amps Component(s) or Circuit(s) Protected

22-64

Power Distribution

Fuse to Components Index

RELAY CONTROL MODULE

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

2345

116

1719

1820

11

12

14

13

15

21

22 10

67

8

9

23 (P/W)

23 (IG)

1 10 A Left headlight (low beam)2 Not used3 10 A Left headlight (high beam)4 15 A Ambient light, Audio unit, Audio remote switch light, Dash lights brightness controller light, Cargo area

light switch light, Console box light 2, Cruise control main switch light, Front side marker lights, Glovebox light, Hazard warning switch light, HVAC control unit light/Climate control unit light, Interior lightswitch light, License plate light, Moonroof switch light, Navigation display unit, Navigation unit, Powermirror switch light, Relay control module, Seat heater switch lights, Select/reset switch light, Taillights,VSA OFF switch light, VTM-4 switch light

5 10 A Right headlight (high beam)6 10 A Right headlight (low beam)7 7.5 A Relay control module8 15 A CMP sensor, CKP sensor A/B, Injectors, Data link connector, PCM, PGM-FI main relay 1, ETCS relay9 15 A PCM (via ETCS relay)

10 Not used11 15 A Seat heaters (via seat heater relay)12 7.5 A A/C compressor clutch (via A/C compressor clutch relay)13 20 A Brake lights, High mount brake light, MICU, PCM, Horns (via relay module), Relay control module14 20 A Heated windshield wiper area15 40 A No. 5 through No. 9 fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay box16 15 A Turn signal/hazard relay17 40 A No. 1 through No. 4 fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay box18 Not used19 30A Radiator fan motor (via radiator fan relay)20 30 A A/C condenser fan motor (via A/C condenser fan relay)21 40 A Blower motor (via blower motor relay)22 120 A

(BAT)Battery, Power distribution

40 A(SEAT)

No. 12 through No. 17 fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay box

23 50 A(IG)

Ignition switch (BAT), No. 33 fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box

50 A(P/W)

Power window relay, No. 24 through No. 28 fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay box

07/05/09 16:27:32 61SJC020_220_0067

―――

―――

―――

―――

―――



22-65

1 7.5 A Cargo area light relay2 15 A Ignition coil (IG) relay

Ignition coils (via ignition coil relay)3 10 A Daytime running lights relay (Canada), MICU4 15 A These components via A/F sensor relay: A/F sensors (Bank 1, Bank 2), EVAP canister vent shut valve,

Secondary heated oxygen sensors (Bank 1, Bank 2), Vehicle speed sensor5 20 A Audio unit6 10 A Ambient light, Ceiling light, Console box light 1, Courtesy lights, Map lights, Vanity mirror lights7 7.5 A Combination switch control unit, Door multiplex control unit, Gauge control module, Ignition key light,

Immobilizer control unit-receiver, Imoes unit (’07-08 Canada models, ’08 USA models), Navigationdisplay unit, Navigation unit, Security indicator, XM receiver, MICU

8 20 A MICU9 10 A Rear accessory power socket (via accessory power socket relay)

10 7.5 A ODS unit (’07-08 models), OPDS unit (2006 model), SRS unit11 30 A Windshield wiper motor12 Not used13 10A Driver’s power lumber support motor14 20 A Driver’s power seat slide motor and front up-down motor15 Not used16 20 A Driver’s power seat recline motor and rear up-down motor17 Not used18 15 A Alternator, Brake pedal position switch, Cruise control main switch, ELD unit, EVAP canister purge valve,

PCM, VTM-4 relay19 15 A PCM, Immobilizer control unit-receiver, Imoes unit (’07-08 Canada models, ’08 USA models)

Fuel pump (via fuel pump relay)20 7.5 A Electrical compass, Windshield washer motor21 7.5 A Headlight switch, Combination switch control unit, Dash lights brightness controller, Door multiplex

control unit, Front passenger’s airbag cutoff indicator, Front passenger’s power window switch indicator,Gauge control module, MICU, Relay control module, Shift lock solenoid, TPMS control unit, VTM-4control unit, VTM-4 switch

22 10 A SRS unit23 7.5 A Radiator fan relay (via A/C diode), PCM (via A/F sensor relay)24 20 A Left rear power window motor25 20 A Right rear power window motor26 20 A Front passenger’s power window motor27 20 A Back power window motor28 20 A Power window master switch29 Not used30 7.5 A A/C compressor clutch relay, A/C condenser fan relay, Blower motor relay, Fan control relay, Heated

windshield wiper area relay, HVAC control unit/Climate control unit, Power mirror defoggers, powermirror actuators, Recirculation control motor, Seat heater relay, Trailer lighting relay (optional)

31 7.5 A Steering angle sensor, Yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor, VSA modulator-control unit32 7.5A Accessory power socket relays, Audio unit, Front accessory power socket relay, Gauge control module,

Ignition key switch, MICU, Navigation display unit, Navigation unit33 Not used

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:27:32 61SJC020_220_0068

０２

22-66

Power Distribution

Fuse to Components Index (cont’d)


2 3 4 51

16 17 1918 20

11

12 1413 15

26 27 2928 30

21 22

2423 25 3132 33

106 7 8 9

07/05/09 16:27:32 61SJC020_220_0069

＋＋＋

＋＋＋＋

０３

Auxiliary Under-hood Fuse Box


22-67

2 3

4 5

1

11106 7 8 9

1 7.5 A Trailer lighting connector ( B BACK LT)2 20 A VSA modulator-control unit ( B SOL)3 40 A VSA modulator-control unit ( B MTR)4 20 A VTM-4 control unit (via VTM-4 relay)5 15 A Front accessory power sockets (via front accessory power socket relay)6 20 A Trailer lighting connector ( B BRAKE)7 20 A Trailer lighting connector ( B SMALL)8 7.5 A Trailer lighting connector ( B HAZ)9 20 A Trailer lighting connector ( B CHARGE)

10 7.5 A TPMS control unit11 20 A Moonroof motor (via moonroof open and close relays)

07/05/09 16:27:32 61SJC020_220_0070

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２３０１０００００ＣＣＡＴ００

Ground Component or circuit grounded

22-68

Ground Distribution

Ground to Components Index

G1 Battery, Transmission housingG2 Right side engine mount bracket

G101andG102

A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, B, C (BLK), CMP sensor (BRN/YEL), CKP sensor A/B(BRN/YEL), EGR valve (BLK), Ignition coils (BLK), PCM (PG1 and PG2 are BLK, and LG1 and LG2 areBRN/YEL), Transmission range switch (BLK), Rocker arm (VTEC) oil pressure switch (BRN/YEL)Shielding between PCM and these components have BRN/YEL wires: Rear A/F sensor (Bank 1,Sensor1), Front A/F sensor (Bank 2, Sensor1), Knock sensor, Rear secondary HO2S (Bank 1, Sensor2),Front secondary HO2S (Bank 2, Sensor2), Throttle actuator control module and throttle body

G201 Fan control relay, Radiator fan motor, Right front turn signal/side marker light, Right headlight,Security hood switch, Washer fluid level sensor, Windshield washer motor

G202 A/C pressure switch, Blower motor relay, ELD unit, Power steering pressure (PSP) switch, Relaycontrol module (2 wires), Seat heater relay, Windshield wiper motor

G301 Brake fluid level switch, Left front turn signal/side marker light, Left headlightG302 VSA control unit-modulator (2 wires)G401 Automatic dimming inside mirror (optional), Cargo area light switch, Combination switch control unit,

Condenser (Brake lights), Cruise control main switch, Daytime running lights relay (Canada),Electrical compass, Door multiplex control unit, Accessory power socket relays, Passenger’s vanitymirror light, Heated windshield wiper area, Driver’s vanity mirror (’07-08 models), Gauge controlmodule, Ignition key switch, Low beam cut relay (Canada), Memory erase signal (MES) connector,Moonroof relays, Moonroof switch, D3 switch, Park pin switch, Driver’s door key cylinder switch,Driver’s door lock knob switch, Driver’s power window motor, Trailer lighting connector (Brake),Trailer lighting relay (optional), TPMS control unit, VSA OFF switch

G402 Data link connector (DLC) (2 wires), Driver’s accessory power socket, Front passenger’s door lockknob switch, Front passenger’s door lock switch, Front passenger’s power window switch, Gaugecontrol module, HVAC control unit/Climate control unit, Glove box light, Interior light switch,Navigation display unit, Passenger’s accessory power socket, Power transistor, Right power mirrordefogger, Seat heater switches, Select/reset switch, Trailer lighting converter (optional)

G403 MICUG404 Audio unitG405 SRS unit (2 wires)G501 Door multiplex control unit, Driver’s seat belt buckle switch, Driver’s power seat adjustment switch (2

wires), Driver’s seat heater, Front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, Front passenger’s seat heater,Left power mirror defogger, Left rear door lock knob switch, Left rear power window switch, MICU (2wires), Navigation unit, ODS unit (’07-08 models), OPDS unit (’06 model), Power lumbar supportswitch, Power mirror switch, Rear accessory power socket, Back power window main switch, Rightrear door lock knob switch, Right rear power window switch, VTM-4 control unit (3 wires), XMreceiver unit, Turn signal/Hazard relay

G502 Fuel pump/fuel gauge sending unitG551 High mount brake lightG601 Left back-up light, Left brake light, Left cargo area lights, Left license plate light, Left rear turn signal

light, Left taillight, Back power window position switch, Right clutch electromagnetic coil/differentialoil temperature sensor, Trailer lighting connector (optional) (2 wires), In-bed trunk lid actuator/latchswitch

G602 Right back-up light, Right brake light, Right cargo area lights, Right license plate light, Right rear turnsignal light, Right taillight, In-bed trunk lid key cylinder switch, Tailgate switch, Trunk handle switch

07/05/09 16:27:33 61SJC020_220_0071

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０５５ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０５６ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1055:

DTC B1057:

DTC B1056:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-6922-69


DTC Troubleshooting

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with MICU (MICU message)

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with MICU (DOORSWmessage)

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with MICU (ALARMmessage)

NOTE: If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs, besure to follow the instructions in B-CAN SystemDiagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).

1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS.

2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II).

3. Wait for 6 seconds or more.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the relay control modulesystem is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections.


Do the MICU input test (see page 22-117).

Do the relay control module input test(see page 22-125).






Go to relay control module input test(see page 22-125).


Are DTCs B1055 and/ or B1057 indicated?

B1055: Are DTCs B1106, B1157, and B1255 alsoindicated? B1057: Are DTCs B1105 and B1159also indicated?

Is DTC B1056 indicated?

07/05/09 16:27:33 61SJC020_220_0072

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０５８ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０６０ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1058:

DTC B1059:

DTC B1060:

DTC B1061:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-7022-70


DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d)

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with Door Multiplex ControlUnit (DRLOCKSW message)

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with Door Multiplex ControlUnit (PANIC message)

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with Gauge Control Module(VPS/NE Message)

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with Gauge Control Module(A/T Message)






Go to step 5.



Go to door multiplex control unit input test(see page 22-123).







Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connection betweenthe relay control module and the gauge controlmodule.


Do the gauge control module input test(see page 22-122).



B1058: Are DTCs B1006 and B1160 alsoindicated? B1059: Is DTC B1010 also indicated?



07/05/09 16:27:33 61SJC020_220_0073

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０６２ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

DTC B1062:

DTC B1063:

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-71

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with Combination SwitchControl Unit (HLSW Message)

Relay Control Module LostCommunication with Combination SwitchControl Unit (WIPSW Message)






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connection betweenthe relay control module and the combinationswitch control unit.


Do the combination switch control unit inputtest (see page 22-124).




07/05/09 16:27:33 61SJC020_220_0074

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２２６５６２１００ＫＤＡＴ１０

Removal Installation

22-72


Removal and Installation

A

B

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for theaudio system and the navigation system (ifequipped). Make sure the ignition switch is OFF.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable, thendisconnect the positive cable, and wait at least3 minutes.

3. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator andbattery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box.

4. Remove the mounting bolt (B) from the under-hoodfuse/relay box.

5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hoodfuse/relay box.

6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hoodfuse/relay box.

7. If replacing the fuse/relay box, carefully remove therelays by prying under the base of the relay.

NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage therelays, which could cause the engine to stall or notstart.

1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to theunder-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal.

2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order ofremoval.

3. Connect both the positive and negative cables tothe battery.

4. Do the power window control unit reset procedure(see page 22-209).

5. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio and thenavigation system (if equipped). Set the clock (onvehicles without navigation).

6. Confirm that all systems work properly.

07/05/09 16:27:33 61SJC020_220_0075

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２２６５６２００１ＫＤＡＴ００

Removal

Installation

22-73


Removal and Installation

A

SRS components are located in this area. Review theSRS component locations (see page 24-14), andprecautions and procedures (see page 24-16) beforeperforming repairs or service.


2. Disconnect the negative battery cable, thendisconnect the positive cable, and wait at least3 minutes.

3. Remove the left front door sill trim and left kickpanel (see page 20-60).

4. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side ofthe under-dash fuse/relay box (A).

5. Remove the two mounting bolts and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body.

6. Disconnect the connectors and remove the under-dash fuse/relay box.

NOTE: Some SRS harness connectors are spring-loaded lock type (see page 24-21).

7. If replacing the fuse/relay box, carefully remove therelays by prying under the base of the relay.

NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage therelays, which could cause the engine to stall or notstart.

1. Install relays and connect the connectors to theunder-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal.

2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order ofremoval.

3. Connect both the positive cables and negativecables to the battery.


5. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system andthe navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock(on vehicles without navigation).

6. Confirm that all systems work properly.

07/05/09 16:27:34 61SJC020_220_0076

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２０００１４４０１ＦＥＡＴ００

22-74

Battery

Battery Test

A battery can explode if you do not follow theproper procedure, causing serious injury to anyonenearby. Follow all procedures carefully and keepsparks and open flames away from the battery.

Use an ED-18 Battery Tester, and follow themanufacturer’s procedures. If you don’t have one ofthese computerized testers, follow this conventionaltest procedure:

1. Be sure the temperature of the electrolyte isbetween 70 °F (21 °C) and 100 °F (38 °C).

2. Inspect the battery case for cracks or leaks.

• If the case is damaged, replace the battery.• If the case looks OK, go to step 3.

3. Check the test indicator window.

• If the test indicator window indicates the batteryis charged, go to step 4.

• If the test indicator window indicates a lowcharge, go to step 7.

4. Apply a 300 amp load for 15 seconds to remove thesurface charge.

5. Wait 15 seconds, then apply a test load of 280 ampsfor 15 seconds.

6. Record battery voltage.

• If voltage is above 9.6 V, the battery is OK.• If voltage is below 9.6 V, go to step 7.

7. Charge the battery on High (40 amps) until the testindicator window shows the battery is charged,plus an additional 30 minutes. If the battery chargeis very low, it may be necessary to bypass thecharger’s polarity protection circuitry.

• If the test indicator window indicates the batteryis charged within three hours, repeat steps 4through 6. If the battery is still below 9.6 V,replace the battery.

• If the test indicator window indicates the batteryis not charged within three hours, replace thebattery.

TM

07/05/09 16:27:34 61SJC020_220_0077

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１１１ＦＥＡＴ００

－

＋

＋

－

Relay Test

Resistance type

Diode type

Normally-open type

22-75

Relays

Power Relay Test

34

2

1

1 3 ( )

4 ( )2

2 4 ( )

3 ( )1

Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do thetest listed for it.

NOTE: For the turn signal/hazard relay input test(see page 22-188).

A/C compressor clutchrelay

Normally-open type

A/F sensor relayRear accessory powersocket relayBlower motor relayA/C condenser fan relayIgnition coil relayPGM-FI main relay 1(FI MAIN), 2 (Fuel pump)Power window relayRadiator fan relayHeated windshield wiperarea relaySeat heater relayLow beam cut relay(Canada)Cargo area light relayFront accessory powersocket relayVTM-4 relayETCS relayStarter cut relayTrailer lighting connectorrelayDaytime running lightsrelay (Canada)

Five-terminal type

Fan control relayMoonroof close relayMoonroof open relay

Check for continuity between the terminals.

• There should be continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 2 terminals when power is connected to the No. 4terminal and ground the No. 3 terminal.

• There should be no continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 2 terminals when power is disconnected.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:27:34 61SJC020_220_0078

０３

０４

＋

－

＋

－

Five-terminal type B

Resistance type

Diode type

22-76

Relays

Power Relay Test (cont’d)

1

5

4

3

2

25 ( )

3 ( ) 1

4

25 ( )

3 ( ) 1

4

Check for continuity between the terminals.

• There should be continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 2 terminals when power is connected to the No. 5terminal and ground the No. 3 terminal.

• There should be continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 4 terminals when power is disconnected.

07/05/09 16:27:34 61SJC020_220_0079

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２０００３４４０１ＦＥＡＴ００

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２０００３４４０１ＫＢＡＴ００

22-7722-77

Ignition Switch

Test Replacement

WHT

YEL

WHT/BLK

BLK/WHT

BLK/YEL

A

Terminal

Position

O (LOCK)

I (ACC)

II (ON)

III (START)

WHT/BLK(ACC)

WHT(BAT)

BLK/YEL(IG1)

BLK/WHT(ST)

YEL(IG2)

B

A

SRS components are located in the area. Review theSRS component locations (see page 24-14), andprecautions and procedures (see page 24-16) beforeperforming repairs or servicing.


2. Disconnect the battery negative cable.


4. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the under-dash fuse/relay box.

5. Check for continuity between the terminals in eachswitch position according to the table.

6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table,replace the ignition switch (see page 22-77).

7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theftcodes for the audio system and the navigationsystem (if equipped). Set the clock (on vehicleswithout navigation).

SRS components are located in the area. Review theSRS component locations (see page 24-14), andprecautions and procedures (see page 24-16) beforeperforming repairs or servicing.


2. Disconnect the battery negative cable.


4. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the under-dash fuse/relay box.

5. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch (B).

6. Install the reverse order of removal.

7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theftcodes for the audio system and the navigationsystem (if equipped). Set the clock (on vehicleswithout navigation).

8. Confirm that all system work properly.


Wire side offemale terminals

07/05/09 16:27:35 61SJC020_220_0080

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＤＡＡＴ１０

22-78


Component Location Index

RELAY CONTROL MODULE(Built into the under-hood fuse/relay box)

CEILING LIGHT

DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT(Built into the power window master switch)

MICU(Built into the under-dash fuse/relay box)

Input Test, page 22-125

Replacement, page 22-195



07/05/09 16:27:36 61SJC020_220_0081

＊０２

22-79


HVAC CONTROL UNIT

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT

IGNITION KEY LIGHT

COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT(Built into the combination switch)

Self-diagnostic Procedure, page 22-244Input Test, page 22-122

Troubleshooting,page 21-8

Troubleshooting,page 21-83

Test, page 22-204


07/05/09 16:27:38 61SJC020_220_0082

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＢＢＡＴ００

Troubleshooting CAN Circuit Related Problems

Using the HDS (Preferred method)

Without HDS (Use only if the HDS is unavailable)

22-80


General Troubleshooting Information

NOTE: Check the PCM for DTCs and troubleshoot PCM (see page 11-3) or F-CAN loss of communication errors first.

1. Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A to check for ‘‘Connected units’’ and DTCs (see page 22-99).

2. If no DTCs are retrieved, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C (see page 22-101) or D (see page 22-102).

1. Check for communication circuit problems using B-CAN System Diagnostic Test Mode 1 and Mode 2 (see page22-103).

2. Check for DTCs (see page 22-103).

3. Sort, and then troubleshoot the DTCs in the order.

–1 Battery voltage DTCs–2 Internal error DTCs–3 Loss of communication DTCs

(beginning with the lowest number first; for example, if B1006 and B1059 are retrieved, troubleshoot B1006first)

–4 Signal error DTCs

4. If no DTCs are retrieved, use B-CAN System Diagnostic Test Mode 2 to check all inputs related to failure (see page22-103).

07/05/09 16:27:38 61SJC020_220_0083

０１

How to display DTCs on the gauge control module

How to clear the DTC

22-81

DTC detected (the lower four digits isa decimal number representing the DTC)

No DTCs detected

All DTCs have been displayed

While in Test Mode 1, the DTCs which have been detected and stored individually by various B-CAN (Body-controllerArea Network) units, will be shown one by one on the multi-information display when the communication between theMICU and the gauge control module is normal. To scroll through the DTCs, press the select/reset switch on the gaugecontrol module.

The unit that has stored the code can be identified by the number shown on the multi-information display.

MICU 10Relay control module 11Door multiplex control unit 30Gauge control module 50HVAC control unit/climate control unit 51Combination switch control unit 70

While in Test Mode 1, press and hold down the SELECT/RESET switch button for more than 10 seconds.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:27:38 61SJC020_220_0084

Loss of Communication DTC cross-reference chart

BUS OFF and Internal Error CodesDTC Type Related Unit

MICU Relay ControlModule

Door MultiplexControl Unit

CombinationSwitch Control

Unit

Gauge ControlModule

HVAC Control Unitor Climate Control

Unit

Transmitting ControlUnit

Message Receiving Unit/Loss of Communication DTCMICU Relay Control

ModuleDoor Multiplex

Control UnitCombination

Switch ControlUnit

Gauge ControlModule

HVAC ControlUnit or Climate

Control Unit

22-82



When an ECU is unable to communicate with the other ECUs on the CAN circuit, the other control units will set loss of communication DTCs.Use this chart to find the control unit that is not communicating.

1. Find the Transmitting Control Unit that is in the same row as all of the loss of communication DTCs retrieved.

2. Do the input test for the transmitting control unit.

BUS OFF B1000 B1050 B1100 B1250 B1150 B1200ECU (CPU) Error B1001

ECU (EEPROM) Error B1002 B1102 B1152 B1202

MICU ALARM B1056MICU B1055 B1106 B1255 B1157DOOR SWITCH B1057 B1105 B1159

Relay ControlModule

RELAY CONTROLMODULE

B1005 B1158


PANIC B1010 B1059DRIVER’S DOORLOCK SWITCH

B1006 B1058 B1160

Combination SwitchControl Unit

HEADLIGHT SWITCH B1007 B1062 B1155WIPER SWITCH B1063 B1156

Gauge ControlModule

VSP/NE B1011 B1060 B1205A/T B1008 B1061ENGTEP B1206

PCM ENG B1168AT B1169

TPMS Control Unit TPMS B1173VSA Modulator-

control UnitVSA B1170

07/05/09 16:27:38 61SJC020_220_0085

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１４２００００００００ＧＡＡＴ００

DTC Description ECU DTC type Page

22-83

DTC Troubleshooting Index

NOTE: Check the PCM for DTCs and troubleshoot PCM or F-CAN loss of communication errors first (see page 11-3),then record all DTCs, and sort them by DTC type using the DTC troubleshooting index, then troubleshoot the DTC(s) inthis order:

• Battery voltage DTCs• Internal error DTCs• Loss of communication DTCs (beginning with the lowest number first; for example, if B1006 and B1059 are retrieved,

troubleshoot B1006 first).• Signal error DTCs

B1000 Communication bus line error (BUS-OFF) MICU Loss ofCommunication

(see page 22-108)

B1001 MICU internal error (CPU error) MICU Internal Error (see page 22-111)B1002 MICU internal error (EEPROM error) MICU Internal Error (see page 22-111)B1005 MICU lost communication with Relay Control

ModuleMICU Loss of

Communication(see page 22-111)

B1006 MICU lost communication with DoorMultiplex Control Unit (DRLOCKSWmessage)

MICU Loss ofCommunication

(see page 22-112)

B1007 MICU lost communication with CombinationSwitch Control Unit (HLSW message)


(see page 22-112)

B1008 MICU lost communication with GaugeControl Module (A/T message)


(see page 22-113)

B1010 MICU lost communication with DoorMultiplex Control Unit (PANIC message)


(see page 22-113)

B1011 MICU lost communication with gaugecontrol module (VSP/NE message)


(see page 22-114)

B1026 Front passenger’s door lock switch LOCK/UNLOCK signal error

MICU Signal Error (see page 22-133)

B1032 MICU Signal Error (see page 24-165)B1050 Communication bus line error (BUS-OFF) Relay Control

ModuleLoss ofCommunication

(see page 22-110)

B1055 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith MICU (MICU message)

Relay ControlModule

Loss ofCommunication

(see page 22-69)

B1056 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith MICU (ALARM message)

Relay ControlModule


(see page 22-69)

B1057 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith MICU (DOORSW message)

Relay ControlModule


(see page 22-69)

B1058 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith Door Multiplex Control Unit(DRLOCKSW message)

Relay ControlModule


(see page 22-70)

B1059 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith Door Multiplex Control Unit (PANICmessage)

Relay ControlModule


(see page 22-70)

B1060 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith Gauge Control Module (VSP/NEmessage)

Relay ControlModule


(see page 22-70)

B1061 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith Gauge Control Module (A/T message)

Relay ControlModule


(see page 22-70)

B1062 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith Combination Switch Control Unit(HLSW message)

Relay ControlModule


(see page 22-71)

(cont’d)

MICU collision detection signal (CDS) input failure

07/05/09 16:27:39 61SJC020_220_0086


22-84


DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

B1063 Relay Control Module lost communicationwith Combination Switch Control Unit(WIPSW message)

Relay ControlModule


(see page 22-71)

B1075 Headlight switch signal error Relay ControlModule

Signal Error (see page 22-168)

B1076 Windshield wiper signal error Relay ControlModule


B1077 Windshield wiper (As) signal error Relay ControlModule


B1078 Daytime Running Lights Signal Error Relay ControlModule


B1080 Power supply circuit (IG1 line) input error forRelay Control Module and MICU

Relay ControlModule

Battery voltage (see page 22-114)

B1100 Communication bus line error (BUS-OFF) Door MultiplexControl Unit


(see page 22-110)

B1102 Door Multiplex Control Unit internal error(EEPROM error)


Internal Error (see page 22-115)

B1105 Door Multiplex Control Unit lostcommunication with MICU (DOORSWmessage)



B1106 Door Multiplex Control Unit lostcommunication with MICU (MICU message)



B1125 Driver’s power window motor A pulse error Door MultiplexControl Unit


B1126 Driver’s power window motor B pulse error Door MultiplexControl Unit


B1127 Driver’s door lock key cylinder switch LOCK/UNLOCK signal error



B1128 Driver’s door lock switch LOCK/UNLOCKsignal error



B1129 Driver’s door lock knob switch LOCK/UNLOCK signal error



B1140 Driver’s power window position detectcircuit error



B1150 Communication bus line error (BUS-OFF) Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-110)

B1152 Gauge Control Module internal error(EEPROM error)

Gauge ControlModule

Internal Error (see page 22-254)

B1155 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith Combination Switch Control Unit(HLSW message)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-254)

B1156 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith Combination Switch Control Unit(WIPSW message)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-254)

B1157 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith MICU (MICU message)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-255)

B1158 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith Relay Control Module (RM message)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-255)

B1159 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith MICU (DOORSW message)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-255)

07/05/09 16:27:39 61SJC020_220_0087


22-85

B1160 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith Door Multiplex Control Unit(DRLOCKSW message)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-256)

B1168 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith PCM (ENG messages)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-257)

B1169 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith PCM (A/T messages)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-257)

B1170 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith VSA modulator-control unit (VSAmessages)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-258)

B1173 Gauge Control Module lost communicationwith TPMS control unit (TPMS messages)

Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-259)

B1175 Fuel level sensor (Fuel gauge sending unit)signals input error

Gauge ControlModule


B1177 Abnormal battery voltage Gauge ControlModule

Battery voltage (see page 22-261)

B1178 F-CAN communication line error Gauge ControlModule


(see page 22-262)

B1200 Communication bus line error (BUS-OFF) Climate ControlUnit

Loss ofcommunication

(see page 22-110)

B1202 Climate (HVAC) control unit internal error(EEPROM error)

Climate ControlUnit

Internal error (see page 21-100)

HVAC ControlUnit

(see page 21-20)

B1205 Climate (HVAC) control unit lostcommunication with gauge control module(VSP/NE message)

Climate ControlUnit


(see page 21-100)

HVAC ControlUnit

(see page 21-20)

B1206 Climate (HVAC) control unit lostcommunication with gauge control module(ENGTEMP message)

Climate ControlUnit


(see page 21-100)

HVAC ControlUnit

(see page 21-20)

B1207 Climate (HVAC) control unit lostcommunication with gauge control module(ILLUMI message)

Climate ControlUnit


(see page 21-100)

HVAC ControlUnit

(see page 21-20)

B1225 An open in the in-car temperature sensorcircuit

Climate ControlUnit


B1226 A short in the in-car temperature sensorcircuit

Climate ControlUnit


B1227 An open in the outside air temperaturesensor circuit

Climate ControlUnit


HVAC ControlUnit

(see page 21-21)

B1228 A short in the outside air temperature sensorcircuit

Climate ControlUnit


HVAC ControlUnit

(see page 21-22)

B1229 An open in the sunlight sensor circuit Climate ControlUnit


(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:27:39 61SJC020_220_0088


22-86


DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

B1230 A short in the sunlight sensor circuit Climate Control Unit Signal Error (see page 21-107)B1231 An open in the evaporator temperature

sensor circuitClimate Control Unit Signal Error (see page 21-108)HVAC control unit Signal Error (see page 21-23)

B1232 A short in the evaporator temperaturesensor circuit

Climate Control Unit Signal Error (see page 21-110)HVAC control unit Signal Error (see page 21-25)

B1233 An open in the driver’s air mix controlmotor circuit


B1234 A short in the driver’s air mix controlmotor circuit


B1235 A problem in the driver’s air mix controllinkage, doors, or motor


B1236 An open in the passenger’s air mixcontrol motor circuit

Climate Control Unit Signal Error (see page 21-115)

B1237 A short in the passenger’s air mixcontrol motor circuit


B1238 A problem in the passenger’s air mixcontrol linkage, doors, or motor


B1239 An open or short in the mode controlmotor circuit


B1240 A problem in the mode control linkage,doors, or motor


B1241 A problem in the blower motor circuit Climate Control Unit Signal Error (see page 21-122)HVAC control unit Signal Error (see page 21-33)

B1250 Communication bus line error (BUS-OFF)



(see page 22-110)

B1255 Combination Switch Control Unit lostcommunication with MICU (MICUmessage)



(see page 22-171)

B1275 Headlight switch OFF position circuitmalfunction



B1276 Headlight switch parking (SMALL)position circuit malfunction



B1278 Headlight switch ON position circuitmalfunction



B1279 Headlight switch dimmer position circuitmalfunction



B1280 Turn signal switch circuit malfunction Combination SwitchControl Unit


B1281 Windshield wiper switch MIST positioncircuit malfunction



B1282 Windshield wiper switch INT (AUTO)position circuit malfunction



B1283 Windshield wiper switch LOW positioncircuit malfunction



B1284 Windshield wiper switch HIGH positioncircuit malfunction



07/05/09 16:27:39 61SJC020_220_0089

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＣＡＡＴ１０

Body Controller Area Network (B-CAN) and Fast Controller Area Network (F-CAN)

22-87

System Description

CombinationSwitch ControlUnit

MICURelay ControlModule


HVAC ControlUnitClimate ControlUnit

B-CAN 33.33 kbps

F-CAN 500 kbps

Gauge ControlModule

NavigationPCM VSA TPMS VTM-4

The body controller area network (B-CAN) and the fast controller area network (F-CAN) share information betweenmultiple electronic control units (ECUs). B-CAN communication moves at a slower speed (33.33 kbps) for conveniencerelated items and for other functions. F-CAN information moves at a faster speed (500 kbps) for ‘‘real time’’ functionssuch as fuel and emissions data. To allow both systems to share information, the gauge control module translatesinformation from B-CAN to F-CAN and from F-CAN to B-CAN.

The ECUs on the B-CAN and the F-CAN transmit and receive information in the form of structured messages that maybe received by several different ECUs on the network at one time. These messages are transmitted and receivedacross a communication circuit that consists of a single wire that is shared by all the ECUs on the circuit. Sincemessages on the F-CAN are typically of higher importance, a second wire is used for communication circuit integritymonitoring. A backup circuit is also added to the headlight and wiper circuits on the B-CAN in the event of a networkwire or ECU failure that would effect the operation of the system.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:27:40 61SJC020_220_0090

０２

22-88


System Description (cont’d)

Ignition Switch On

Wiper Switch On : Low

: OnIgn: LowWiper

Ign : OnWiper : LowIgn : On

01 2

3

0123 : High

: Low: Intermittent: Off : Lock

: ACC: On: StartIII

III0

III

III0

IgnitionSwitch

WindshieldWiper/WasherSwitch

WiperIntRelay

Relay ControlModule

Multiplex IntegratedControl Unit (MICU)


WiperMotor

Messages are transmitted by an ECU (that monitors an input) over the communication circuit. ECUs that use themessage (information related to that input) are the receivers. For example, the combination switch control unitmonitors the wiper switch. When the wiper switch is placed in the low speed position, the combination switch controlunit transmits that message on the communication circuit. The relay control module receives the message and turnson the wipers by providing a ground for the relay.

07/05/09 16:29:01 61SJC020_220_0091

０３

Connected ECUs

B-CAN ECUs F-CAN ECUs

22-89

CombinationSwitch ControlUnit

MICURelayControlModule


HVAC Control UnitClimate ControlUnit

B-CAN 33.33 kbps

F-CAN 500 kbps

Gauge ControlModule

Navigation

HDS

K-Line 10.4 kbps

PCM VSA

Several ECUs are connected to each of the two networks. The gauge control module is part of both networks since it isthe ‘‘gateway’’ between them. Here is a list of ECUs and the network they are connected to.

••••••

••••••

Gauge control moduleRelay control moduleMultiplex integrated control unit (MICU)Door multiplex control unitCombination switch control unitHVAC control unit/climate control unit

Gauge control modulePCMVSA (vehicle stability assist)NavigationTPMSVTM-4

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:29:01 61SJC020_220_0092

Network ‘‘Loss of Communication’’ Error Checking

Examples of a communication circuit test

Normal circuit

Failed circuit

22-90



The B-CAN and the F-CAN send messages to each other to check the integrity of the network communication circuit.They do this by sending a specific digital message out after an event. For example, after turning the ignition switch toON (II). All the ECUs on the communication circuit expect to receive a message from other specific units within aspecified amount of time. If the message is not received, the ECU will transmit a DTC reporting that it did not receivethe message.

1. Ignition switch is turned ON (II).

2. The door multiplex control unit transmits a door switch message.

3. The multiplex integrated control unit (MICU), relay control module, and gauge control module receive the doorlock switch message.

4. The communication circuit test is passed.

Since the door lock switch message was received by all the ECUs expecting to receive a message, the communicationcircuit between those units is OK. There are multiple messages sent and received by each ECU during this time toinsure that the communication circuit is intact.

5. Ignition switch is turned ON (II).

6. The door multiplex control unit transmits a door switch message.

7. The multiplex integrated control unit (MICU), relay control module, and gauge control module expect to receivethe door lock switch message, but since there is a break in the communication circuits, it is not received.

07/05/09 16:29:02 61SJC020_220_0093

０４

Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)

22-91

GaugeControlModule

MICU

RelayControlModule

HDSDoor MultiplexControl Unit

Door LockSwitch

B-CAN

K-Line

DTCs set for:Door lock switch message not received by GaugeControl ModuleDoor lock switch message not received by MICUDoor lock switch message not received by RelayControl Module

•

B-CAN

B-CAN••

Open inCommunicationcircuit

8. Each ECU that expects to receive the door lock switch message from the door multiplex control unit will transmitDTCs for the message that it did not receive.

Since there is a break in the communication circuit, the door lock switch message could not be received by the gaugecontrol module, multiplex integrated control unit (MICU), or the relay control module. Each of these units will set ‘‘lossof communication’’ error codes for the message(s) they did not receive. There may be multiple communication DTCs ifthe unit that has become disconnected from the network would normally transmit multiple messages during thecommunication line test. For example, the door multiplex control unit sends the keyless panic message and door lockswitch message during the communication circuit test.

There are three types of DTCs used by the CAN networks.

Internal error DTCs The ECUs run internal checks. If one finds that there is an internal ECU problem, it will set aninternal error DTC. Confirm that the battery and charging system are OK. If so, this indicatesthat the ECU needs to be replaced.

Loss ofcommunicationDTCs

Loss of communication DTCs (and Bus-off DTCs) are set when there is a problem with thecommunication between ECUs. This could be in the connections, the wiring, or the ECU (ascalled out in the DTC Troubleshooting).

Signal error DTCs The ECUs can run diagnostics on some input circuits to determine if those circuits arefunctioning properly (no opens or shorts). If a circuit fails the diagnostic test, a DTC will set.(NOTE: Not all input circuits are tested for errors.)

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:29:02 61SJC020_220_0094

B-CAN System Unit Input/Output Device controlled

Combination Switch Control Unit

Switch/Signal input Device controlled

Relay Control Module


Door Multiplex Control Unit


MICU


Gauge Control Module

Switch/Signal Input Device Controlled

HVAC Control Unit/Climate Control Unit

Switch/Signal Input Device Controlled

22-92



Dimmer switch, Lighting switch, Passing switch, Turnsignal switch, Wiper/washer switch, Intermittent dwelltime controller

None

Daytime running lights control (Canada), Hood switch,horn switch, Windshield wiper motor, Auto stop switch,Windshield wiper fail-safe, A/C pressure switch, Wiperback-up switch, Headlight back up switch

Daytime running lights control (Canada), Headlight,Parking light, Horn, Windshield washer motor,Windshield wiper motor

Driver’s door key cylinder switch (lock/unlock), Driver’sdoor lock knob switch (lock/unlock), Driver’s door lockswitch, Driver’s power window switches (up, down,auto up, auto down), Passenger’s power windowswitches (up, down), Driver’s power window motorpulser, Key-off timer, Keyless transmitter signal

Driver’s power window motor, Power window relaycontrol

Brake pedal position switch, Door switches, Ignition keycylinder switch, Park pin switch, Passenger’s door lockknob switches (unlock), Passenger’s door lock switch,Seat belt switch (unbuckled), Transmission rangeswitch (P, R), In-bed trunk lid latch switch, Trunk keycylinder switch, Heated windshield wiper area

Door lock actuators, Hazard warning lights, Interiorlights, Ignition key light, Key interlock solenoid, Turnsignal lights, Door courtesy lights, Key-off timer, Back-up lights

Dash lights brightness controller, Daytime runninglights signal (Canada), Engine oil pressure switch,Washer fluid level switch, Parking brake switch, Brakefluid level switch, Fuel gauge sending unit, Select/Resetswitch, Cruise control combination switch (set, cancel,resume, master), VSA OFF switch, A/T park position,MET INH from PCM

Dash lights, Fuel gauge, Gauge lights, Indicator, LEDs,Speedometer, Tachometer, ECT gauge, Warning buzzer,Odometer/Outside air temperature display

Evaporator temperature sensor, In-car temperaturesensor, Outside air temperature sensor, Sunlightsensor, Air mix motor position (Driver’s, Passenger’s,and Rear), Mode motors position, Blower motor controlfeedback

Air mix control motors (Driver’s/Passenger’s/Rear),Blower motor transistor, Mode control motors,Recirculation motor

07/05/09 16:29:02 61SJC020_220_0095

－

HDS Inputs and Commands

Input:

System Menu Data List Data List Indication

22-93

Certain inputs happen so quickly that the HDS cannot update fast enough. Hold the switch that is being tested while monitoring the Data List.This should give the HDS time to update the signal on the Data List.Because the HDS software is updated to support the release for newer vehicles it is not uncommon to see system function tests that are notsupported.Make sure that the most current software is loaded.

Gauge Cruise Control Main Switch OFF/ONCruise Control Set Switch OFF/ONCruise Control Resume Switch OFF/ONWasher Fluid Lever Switch OFF/ONEngine Oil Pressure Switch OFF/ONVSA Off Switch OFF/ONGauge Select/Reset Switch OFF/ONParking Brake Switch OFF/ONBrake Fluid Level Switch OFF/ONFuel Sending Unit Input 1 0-4 Failure

5-68 0 297 deg69-77 Failure

Fuel Sending Unit Input 2VSA Active Indicator OFF/ONVSA Indicator (Warning) OFF/ONABS Indicator OFF/ONCruise Control Main Switch Indicator OFF/ONMIL Indicator OFF/ONDRL Indicator OFF/ONLow Oil Pressure Indicator OFF/ONCharging System Indicator OFF/ONSmart Maintenance Required Indicator OFF/ONHigh Beam Indicator OFF/ONParking Light ON Indicator OFF/ONLow Fuel Warning Indicator OFF/ONSecurity Indicator OFF/ONSeat Belt Indicator OFF/ONLow Tire Pressure Indicator OFF/ONTPMS Indicator OFF/ONDoor Open Indicator OFF/ONSmart Maintenance Change Oil Indicator OFF/ONFuel Fill Cap CautionBrake Pedal Position Switch OFF/ONIgnition Key Cylinder Switch OFF/ONDriver’s Seat Belt Buckle Switch OFF/ONDriver’s Door Switch OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Switch OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Switch OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Switch OFF/ONIn-Bed Trunk Switch OFF/ONTrunk Lid Release Command OFF/ON

(cont’d)

07/05/10 14:05:15 61SJC020_220_0096


Input:


22-94



Lighting Headlight Switch (OFF) OFF/ONHeadlight Switch (PARKING) OFF/ONHeadlight Switch (HEADLIGHT) OFF/ONHeadlight Switch (HIGH BEAM) OFF/ONHeadlight Switch (PASSING) OFF/ONTurn Signal Switch (LEFT) OFF/ONTurn Signal Switch (RIGHT) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Switch OFF/ONTailgate Switch (SWING) OFF/ONCargo Light Switch OFF/ONIgnition Key Cylinder Light Command OFF/ONInterior Light Command OFF/ONLeft Turn Signal Command OFF/ONRight Turn Signal Command OFF/ONCargo Light Command OFF/ONHeadlight Switch (BACK-UP) OFF/ONIgnition Switch (IG1) OFF/ONHeadlight Command OFF/ONHeadlight High Beam Command OFF/ONParking Light Command OFF/ON

Door Driver’s Door Switch OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Switch OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Switch OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Switch OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDoor LOCK Command OFF/ONDoor UNLOCK Command OFF/ONDriver’s Door UNLOCK Command OFF/ONDriver’s Door Key Cylinder Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Key Cylinder Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Knob Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Knob Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONLeft Rear Door Lock Command OFF/ONLeft Rear Door Unlock Command OFF/ON

07/05/09 16:29:03 61SJC020_220_0097

－


Input:


22-95

Keyless Driver’s Door Switch OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Switch OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Switch OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Switch OFF/ONIn-Bed Trunk Switch OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONTrunk Handle Switch OFF/ONTrunk Key Cylinder (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDoor Lock Command OFF/ONDoor Unlock Command OFF/ONTrunk Lid Release Command OFF/ONDriver’s Door Key Cylinder Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Key Cylinder Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Key Cylinder Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Knob Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONIgnition Switch (IG1) OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Knob Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Lock Command OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Unlock Command OFF/ON

Power windows Driver’s Door Switch OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Switch OFF/ONMoonroof Timer Command OFF/ONP/W Main Switch OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Driver’s window AUTO) OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Driver’s window UP) OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Driver’s window DOWN) OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Front Passenger’s window UP) OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Front Passenger’s window DOWN) OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Left Rear window UP) OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Left Rear window DOWN) OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Right Rear window UP) OFF/ONP/W Master Switch (Right Rear window DOWN) OFF/ONDriver’s P/W Motor Pulse A NONE, DETECTDriver’s P/W Motor Pulse B NONE, DETECTDriver’s P/W Motor Command OFF, UP, DOWNFront Passenger’s P/W Motor Command OFF, UP, DOWNLeft Rear P/W Motor Command OFF, UP, DOWNRight Rear P/W Motor Command OFF, UP, DOWNP/W Relay Command OFF/ON

Wipers Windshield Wiper Switch (LOW) OFF/ONWindshield Wiper Switch (HIGH) OFF/ONWindshield Wiper Switch (MIST) OFF/ONWindshield Washer Switch OFF/ONIntermittent Wiper Dwell Timer 0 255Brake Pedal Position Switch OFF/ONWindshield Wiper Motor PARK Switch OFF/ONWindshield Wiper Switch (BACK-UP) OFF/ONWindshield Wiper Motor HI Command OFF/ONWindshield Wiper Motor LO Command OFF/ONWindshield Washer Motor Command OFF/ON

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:29:03 61SJC020_220_0098


Input:


22-96



Security Ignition Key Cylinder Switch OFF/ONDriver’s Door Switch OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Switch OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Switch OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Switch OFF/ONIn-Bed Trunk Switch OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONFront Passenger’s Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONTrunk Handle Switch OFF/ONTrunk Key Cylinder (UNLOCK) OFF/ONRadio Switch OFF/ONDoor LOCK Command OFF/ONDoor UNLOCK Command OFF/ONDriver’s Door UNLOCK Command OFF/ONTrunk Lid Release Command OFF/ONDriver’s Door Key Cylinder Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Key Cylinder Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Knob Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONDriver’s Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK) OFF/ONHood Switch OFF/ONIgnition Switch (IG1) OFF/ONHeadlight Command OFF/ONHeadlight High Beam Command OFF/ONParking Light Command OFF/ONHorn Command OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Knob Switch (LOCK) OFF/ONIn-bed trunk lid latch OFF/ONDriver’s Rear Door Lock Command OFF/ONPassenger’s Rear Door Unlock Command OFF/ON

07/05/09 16:29:03 61SJC020_220_0099

Output:

System Menu Data List Data List Indication Operation Time

22-97

Gauge Speedometer displays value inputted SpeedometerTachometer displays value inputted TachometerFuel gauge displays value inputted Fuel Level GaugeTemperature gauge displays value inputted Engine Temperature GaugeTurns VSA activation indicator on/off VSA/TCS Activation Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns VSA indicator on/off VSA/TCS Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns ABS indicator on/off ABS Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns cruise indicator on/off Cruise Activation Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns MIL on/off MIL Status Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns DRL indicator on/off Daytime Running Light indicator (Canada) Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns low oil pressure indicator on/off Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns charging system indicator on/off Charging System Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns maintenance required indicator on/off Maintenance Required Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns high beam indicator on/off High Beam Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns light-on indicator on/off Light On Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns security indicator on/off Security Indicator Illuminates for 10 sec.Display inputted value Trip MeterTurns A/T P position indicator on/off A/T Gear Position Indicator (P) Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns A/T R position indicator on/off A/T Gear Position Indicator (R) Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns A/T N position indicator on/off A/T Gear Position Indicator (N) Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns A/T D position indicator on/off A/T Gear Position Indicator (D) Illuminates for 10 sec.Turns A/T 2 position indicator on/off A/T Gear Position Indicator (2) Illuminates for 10 sec.HVAC/climate control and audio illuminationbrightness to inputted value

Illumination Brightness Control

Turns key-in beeper on/off Key Alarm Chime Sounds alarm for10 sec.

Turns light-on beeper on/off Headlight Alarm Chime Sounds alarm for10 sec.

Turns seat belt reminder beeper on/off Seat belt Reminder Chime Sounds alarm for10 sec.

Lighting Turns ignition key cylinder light on/off Ignition Key Cylinder Light Command Illuminates for 30 sec.Turns interior light on/off Interior Light Command Illuminates for 30 sec.Turns left turn signal lights on/off Left Turn Signal Command Blinks for 5 sec.Turns right turn signal lights on/off Right Turn Signal Command Blinks for 5 sec.Turns headlight on/off Headlight Command Operates for 15 sec.Turns headlight high beam on/off Headlight High Beam Command Operates for 15 sec.Turns parking lights on/off Parking Light Command Operates for 15 sec.Turns daytime running lights on/off Daytime Running Light Signal (Canada) Operates for 15 sec.Turns cargo area lights on/off Cargo Area Light Illuminates for 30 sec.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:29:03 61SJC020_220_0100

Output:

System Menu Data List Data List Indication Operation Time

22-98



Power window Runs driver’s window up Driver’s Window Up Drives for 3 sec.Runs driver’s window down Driver’s Window Down Drives for 3 sec.Runs front passenger’s window up Front Passenger’s Window Up Drives for 3 sec.Runs front passenger’s window down Front Passenger’s Window Down Drives for 3 sec.Runs left rear window up Left Rear Window Up Drives for 3 sec.Runs left rear window down Left Rear Window Down Drives for 3 sec.Runs right rear window up Right Rear Window Up Drives for 3 sec.Runs right rear window down Right Rear Window Down Drives for 3 sec.Turns power window relay on/off Power Window Relay Drives for 3 sec.

Wiper Turns wiper low speed on/off Windshield Wiper Motor Low Command Operates for 5 sec.Turns wiper high speed on/off Windshield Wiper Motor High Command Operates for 5 sec.Turns windshield washer on/off Windshield Washer Command Operates for 5 sec.

Security Turn horns on/off Horn Command Operates horn for 1 sec.A/C Turn heated windshield wiper area relay on/off Heated Windshield Wiper Area Operates a relay for 60 sec.

07/05/09 16:29:03 61SJC020_220_0101

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-99

Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A

Check the PCM for DTCs and troubleshoot PCM(see page 11-3) or F-CAN loss of communication errorsfirst, then perform this diagnosis first if the symptom isrelated to the B-CAN system.Perform this diagnosis first if the symptom is related tothe B-CAN system.

NOTE: Always cycle the ignition switch within3 seconds when prompted in the DTC troubleshootingprocedures.

1. Compare the symptom with this list of B-CANrelated systems:

• Gauge control module• Exterior lights• Turn signals• Entry light control• Interior lights• Safety indicators• Heated windshield wiper area• Horns (security and panic)• Chimes (key, seat belt, lights-on, and parking

brake)• Power windows• Power window/moonroof timer• Wiper/washer• Security• Keyless entry• Power door locks• Climate control/HVAC control• Key interlock• Dash light brightness

Go to step 2.

Go to the system troubleshooting for thesystem with the symptom.

2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector, thenturn the ignition switch ON (II).

3. From the BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SELECTIONMENU, select UNIT INFORMATION, and then selectCONNECTED UNIT listed to see if the followingcontrol units are communicating with the HDS.

• MICU• Door multiplex control unit• Gauge control module• Combination switch control unit• Relay control module• Climate control unit/HVAC control unit

NOTE:• On gauge control modules produced before April

2005, stored gauge control gauge module DTCscannot be read using the HDS. On cars with thesegauge control modules; ‘‘Not Available’’ will bein the CONNECTED UNIT STATUS. Gaugecontrol module DTCs can be displayed (see page22-81), and all B-CAN DTCs can be cleared usingtest mode 1 (see page 22-103).

• If one or more of the units are communicatingwith the HDS, DETECT will be displayed.

• If the unit is not communicating or the vehicle isnot equipped, ‘‘Not Available’’ will be displayed.

Go to step 4.

If any of the control units are notcommunicating, go to B-CAN System DiagnosisTest Mode B (see page 22-100). If all units are notcommunicating or only the MICU is communicating,go to DTC B1000 troubleshooting (see page 22-108).

(cont’d)

Is the symptom related to the B-CAN system?

Are all control units communicating with the HDS?

07/05/09 16:29:03 61SJC020_220_0102

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

Unit not communicating

22-10022-100


Troubleshooting - B-CAN SystemDiagnosis Test Mode A (cont’d)

Troubleshooting - B-CAN SystemDiagnosis Test Mode B

4. Select the system that has the problem from theBODY ELECTRICAL menu, then select DTCs.

Go to step 5.

If the problem is related to one of thefollowing items, go to B-CAN System DiagnosisTest Mode C (see page 22-101) if the system doesnot stop or turn off. Go to Test Mode D (see page22-102) if the system does not run or turn on.

• Exterior lights• Turn signals• Entry light control• Interior lights• Horns (security and panic)• Power windows• Wiper/washer

If the problem is related to one of the followingitems, go to the troubleshooting for that individualsystem.

• Gauge control module• Safety indicators• Chimes (key, seat belt and lights-on)• Heated windshield wiper area (climate control)• Security• Keyless entry• Climate control• Key interlock• Dash light brightness• Audio system• Navigation

5. Record all DTCs, and sort them by DTC type.

6. Troubleshoot the DTC(s) in this order:

• Battery voltage DTCs.• Internal error DTCs.• Loss of communication DTCs. Begin

troubleshooting with the lowest number first(Example: if DTC B1006 and B1058 are retrieved,begin by troubleshooting B1006).

• Signal error DTCs.

Perform this diagnosis if any of the control units are notcommunicating (Not Available is displayed in the HDS)as found by the B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A(see page 22-99).

1. Using the HDS, select the system that has thesymptom from the BODY ELECTRICAL menu.

2. Select DTCs, and then check for loss ofcommunication DTCs.

Go to step 3.

Replace the MICU.

3. Perform the input test for the unit notcommunicating with the HDS.

MICU (see page 22-117)Door multiplex control unit (see page 22-123)Gauge control module (see page 22-122)Relay control module (see page 22-125)Combination switch control unit (see page22-124)HVAC control unit (see page 21-17)Climate control unit (see page 21-96)

Are any DTCs indicated?

Are any loss of communication DTCs indicated?

07/05/09 16:29:04 61SJC020_220_0103

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＦＡＡＴ０２

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-101

Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C

Perform this diagnosis if a component that is controlledby the B-CAN system does not stop or turn off.

NOTE:• If the component does not turn on, go to B-CAN

System Diagnosis Test Mode D (see page 22-102).• See the B-CAN system unit input/output index for a

list of input and output devices and the control unitsthat monitor the input and controls the output devices(see page 22-92).

• Always cycle the ignition switch within 3 secondswhen prompted in the DTC troubleshootingprocedures.

1. Check for DTCs by selecting the TEST MODE menufrom the HDS.

Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A(see page 22-99).

Go to step 2.

2. Turn off the switch that controls the malfunctioningcomponent.

3. Select DATA LIST from the TEST MODE menu, andcheck the input of the switch that controls thecomponent.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

4. In the DATA LIST, check the output signal of themalfunctioning component.

Go to step 5.

Replace the control unit that controls thedevice that will not turn OFF (see page 22-92).

5. Check the relay, if applicable, then check for a shortin the wire between the relay and the component,the relay and control unit, or the component andcontrol unit.

Replace the control unit that controls thecomponent that will not turn OFF.

Replace the relay or repair the wireharness.

6. Check the switch, then check for a short in the wirebetween the switch and the control unit thatmonitors the switch.

Replace the control unit that monitors theswitch.

Replace the switch or repair the wireharness.


Does the HDS indicate the switch is OFF?

Is the output signal OFF?

Are the relay and the wire harness OK ?

Is the switch and wire harness OK ?

07/05/09 16:29:04 61SJC020_220_0104

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＦＡＡＴ２１

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-102


Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode D

Perform this diagnosis if a component that is controlledby the B-CAN system does not run or come on.

NOTE:• If the component does not turn off or stop, go to B-

CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C (see page22-101).

• See the B-CAN system unit input/output index for alist of input and output devices and the control unitsthat monitor the input and controls the output devices(see page 22-92).

• Always cycle the ignition switch within 3 secondswhen prompted in the DTC troubleshootingprocedures.

1. Check the fuse of the malfunctioning output device.

Go to step 2.

Replace the fuse and recheck.

2. Check for DTCs by selecting the TEST MODE menufrom the HDS.

Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A(see page 22-99).

Go to step 3.

3. Turn ON the switch that controls themalfunctioning component.

4. Select DATA LIST from the TEST MODE menu, andcheck output signal for the malfunctioningcomponent.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 9.

5. Check the relay and ground, then check for an openor a short in the circuit for the malfunctioningcomponent.

Go to step 6.

Replace the relay or repair the wire circuit.

6. Perform the function test for the malfunctioningcomponent.

Go to step 7.

Replace the component.

7. With the malfunctioning output device connected,connect a voltmeter between the malfunctioningoutput device and body ground on the wire that thecontrol unit uses to control the output device circuit.

8. Select MISC. TEST from the TEST MODE menu,and do the forced operation test of themalfunctioning component.

Replace the component.

Replace the control unit that controls themalfunctioning component.

9. Select DATA LIST from the TEST MODE menu, andmake sure the switch signal input for themalfunctioning system indicates a change whenoperated.

Replace the control unit that controls themalfunctioning component.

Go to step 10.

10. Check the switch and its ground (if applicable), thencheck for an open or a short in the wire betweenthe switch and the control unit that monitors it.

Replace the control unit that monitors theswitch.

Replace the switch or repair the wireharness.

Is the fuse OK ?


Is there an output signal?

Are the relay and circuit OK ?

Does the output device pass the function test?

Is there a change in voltage (12 V to 0 V or0 V to 12 V)?

Does the switch input indicated ON when theswitch is ON?

Is the switch and the wire harness OK ?

07/05/09 16:29:04 61SJC020_220_0105

－

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＦＡＡＴ２２

－

－

－

－

Special Tools Required

YES

NO

YES

NO

Test Mode 2

Test Mode 1

22-103

Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode 1 and Test Mode 2(without the HDS)

A(07WAZ-001010A)

B

MPCS (MCIC) service connector 07WAZ-001010A

Check the PCM for DTCs and troubleshoot PCM orF-CAN loss of communication errors first (see page11-3), then perform this diagnosis if the HDS is notavailable.

1. Check the No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse and No. 21 (7.5 A) fusein the under-dash fuse/relay box.

Go to step 2.

Find and repair the cause of the blown fuse.

2. Remove the left kick panel (see page 20-60).

3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and move theinterior lights switch to the middle (door) position.

4. Connect the MPCS service connector (A) to theMCIC socket (B) in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

5. Wait 5 seconds, and watch the map lights. Whenthe front and rear map lights flash quickly once,and then go off, the system is in Test Mode 1.

6. Check for B-CAN DTCs indicated by the gaugecontrol module odometer/trip meter display whilestill in Test Mode 1. Push the odometer trip meterselect/switch button to display the next code. Afteryou get to the last code, the display shows END. Ifno DTCs are stored, the display will read NO.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 10.

7. Record all DTCs and sort them.

8. Troubleshoot the DTCs in this order:

• Battery voltage DTCs• Internal error DTCs• Loss of communication DTCs (begin with the

lowest number first; for example, if B1006 andB1059 are retrieved, troubleshoot B1006 first)

• Signal error DTCs

9. Clear the DTCs by pressing and holding the select/reset knob for about 13 seconds. You will hear abeep to confirm the code have been cleared.Operate the devices that failed, and recheck forcodes.

10. Remove the MPCS service connector from theunder-dash fuse/relay box socket for5 10 seconds, then re-insert it to enter Mode 2.When the system enters Mode 2, the front and rearmap lights will flash two times quickly and then gooff.

NOTE: If the MPCS connector is disconnected fortoo short or too long of a time, or the ignitionswitch is turned OFF, the system will return to TestMode 1.

11. The following tables list the circuits that can bechecked in Test Mode 2. Operate the switch that ismost closely related to the problem. If the circuit isOK, the map lights will blink once. If the circuit isfaulty, there will be no indication.

(cont’d)

Are the fuses OK ?


07/05/09 16:29:04 61SJC020_220_0106

MICU

Item


Item

COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT

Item

POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH (DOOR

MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT)

Item

22-104


Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode 1 and Test Mode 2(without the HDS) (cont’d)

Driver’s door switch (OPEN)Front passenger’s door switch (OPEN)Left rear door switch (OPEN)Right rear door switch (OPEN)Ignition key switch (inserted)Front passenger’s door lock knob switch(UNLOCK)Left rear door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)Right rear door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)Audio security ground (disconnected)Driver’s seat belt switch (unbuckled)Brake pedal position switch(ON; brake pedal pressed)Tailgate switch (OPEN)In-Bed trunk lid key cylinder switch (OPEN)In-Bed trunk lid key cylinder switch

Windshield wiper switch (AUTO STOP/PARK)Hood switch (open)A/C pressure switch/thermal protector (A/CON)

Turn signal switch (LEFT)Turn signal switch (RIGHT)Combination light switch (ON; each position)Dimmer switch (ON)Passing switch (ON)Windshield wiper switch (ON)Intermittent wiper dwell timerWindshield washer switch (ON)

Power window master switch(Driver’s power window UP)Power window master switch(Driver’s power window DOWN)Power window master switch(Driver’s power window AUTO UP)Power window master switch(Driver’s power window AUTO DOWN)Power window master switch(Front passenger’s power window UP)Power window master switch(Front passenger’s power window DOWN)Power window master switch(Left rear power window UP)Power window master switch(Left rear power window DOWN)Power window master switch(Right rear power window UP)Power window master switch(Right rear power window DOWN)Driver’s door key cylinder switch (LOCK)Driver’s door key cylinder switch (UNLOCK)Driver’s door lock switch (LOCK)Driver’s door lock switch (UNLOCK)Driver’s door lock knob switch (LOCK)Driver’s door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)Passenger’s power window switchPassenger’s power window switch (UP)Passenger’s power window switch (DOWN)1:A second key is necessary to check the key

cylinder inputs.Be sure to rotate the key cylinder switch twotimes to each position (lock and lock, unlockand unlock) to ensure the door lock knobswitch is in the appropriate position.

2:With security

2

2

2

2

1

1

07/05/09 16:29:05 61SJC020_220_0107

－

－


Item

YES

NO

22-105

Parking brake switch (ON; parking brakeapplied)Cruise control main SET/RESUME/CANCELswitch (ON; switch pressed)Gauge illumination full brightSelect switch button (ON)Reset switch button (ON)Transmission range switch (P, R, N, D)Washer fluid level switch (fluid removed)Brake fluid level switch (fluid removed)VSA-OFF switchCargo area light switch (ON)

Go to function and input test for the systemrelated to the failure.

Repair the open, short, or replace the faultyswitch.

Do the map lights indicate proper switchoperation?

07/05/09 16:29:05 61SJC020_220_0108

＊９０

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６０００００ＥＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

22-106


Circuit Diagram

UNDER DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

D6

G1

5

6

J9

K5

J2

BLK/YEL

MICU

MICU

BRN/BLK

BRN/YEL

X27 J4

N28

LT GRN

P6

•

•

•

SRS UNIT•• PCM

K LINE

LT BLU LT BLU

LT BLU

M3M1

E9H9

D11

P1

N22

W4

P7

B CAN

LT BLUWHT/BLK BLU/RED

YELWHT/RED

X35

X34YEL

WHT/REDWHT/RED

D6

B4

A6

YEL

J8

BLU

J9

BLK

G202

J10

G202

BLK

No.7 (7.5 A)

No.21 (7.5 A)

BLK/YEL

BLK

G501

WHT/BLK

No.7 (7.5 A)WHT/RED

G501

YEL

No.15 (40 A)

G403

BLKBLK

BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH

No.23 (IG) (50 A)

UNDER HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

IG1

BATNo.22 (BAT) (120 A)

WHT

IGNITIONKEYLIGHT(LED)

IG1 HOT in ON (II)and START (III)

RELAY CONTROLMODULE

POWER WINDOWMASTER SWITCH

INTERIORLIGHTSSWITCH

IGNITIONKEY LIGHT

CLIMATECONTROLUNITorHVACCONTROLUNIT

DATA LINKCONNECTOR

VSA MODULATORCONTROL UNIT

VTM 4CONTROL UNIT

TPMSCONTROL UNIT

COMBINATIONSWITCHCONTROLUNIT

MULTIPLEXCONTROLINSPECTIONCONNECTOR

1

2

1 43

07/05/09 16:29:06 61SJC020_220_0109

＊９０

－

－－

－－

22-107

B CAN

: Communication line

COMBINATION SWITCH

123

17

A20A19

B CAN

MICU

BLK

G401

1

BLK

G501

DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT

16


YELWHT/RED


POWER SUPPULY CIRCUIT/CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK CONTROLLER

WHT/RED YEL

B6

YEL

BRN/BLK

BRN/YEL LT GRN

C10

2015

WHT/RED YEL

WHT/RED

G402

BLK

B CANTRANSCEIVER

LCD DISPLAY(DTC CODE DISPLAY)

No.7 (7.5 A) FUSE(UNDER DASHFUSE/RELAY BOX)


POWERWINDOWMASTERSWITCH

243

07/05/09 16:29:06 61SJC020_220_0110

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１０００ＦＡＡＴ１０

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1000:

YES

NO

YES

NO

Control Unit Connector

YES

NO

Control Unit Appropriate Connector

22-108


DTC Troubleshooting

Communication Bus Line Error(BUS-OFF)





Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The communication busline is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections, or worn/shorted wires. If theconnections are good, check the battery condition(see page 22-74) and the charging system.


Go to step 6.

Faulty MICU; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.

6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

7. Disconnect the appropriate connector at eachcontrol unit in the table one at a time. Clear the DTC,then recheck for DTCs after each unit isdisconnected.

Gauge ControlModule

Connector B (14P)

Relay ControlModule

Connector J (10P)


Power window masterswitch connector (23P)


Connector (12P)


Connector (30P)

Go to step 8.

Check the power and grounds to the controlunit that was disconnected when B1000 did notreset. If OK, replace the control unit.

8. Disconnect all of the appropriate connectors foreach of the units in the table.

Gauge ControlModule

Connector B (14P)

Relay ControlModule

Connector J (10P)


Power window masterswitch connector (23P)


Connector (12P)


Connector (30P)

9. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connectorsD (17P), J (21P), N (45P), X (39P), and P (30P).


Are DTCs B1005, B1006, B1007, B1008, B1010,and B1011 also indicated?

Is DTC B1000 indicated with each individual unitdisconnected?

07/05/09 16:29:06 61SJC020_220_0111

－

－

－

－

Connected Control

Unit

Under-dash fuse/

relay box terminal

YES

NO

Connected Control

Unit

Under-dash fuse/

relay box terminal

YES

NO

22-109

10. Check for continuity between each of the under-dash fuse/relay box terminals listed in the table andbody ground.

Gauge Control Module N28Relay Control Module D11Door Multiplex ControlUnit

J4


X27


N22

Repair the short to ground in the wirebetween the under-dash fuse/relay box and theaffected control unit.

Go to step 11.

11. Check for voltage between each of the under-dashfuse/relay box terminals listed in the table andbody ground.

Gauge Control Module N28Relay Control Module D11Door Multiplex ControlUnit

J4


X27


N22

Replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.

Repair the short to power in the wire betweenthe under-dash fuse/relay box and the affectedcontrol unit.

Is there continuity? Is there less than 0.1 V?

07/05/09 16:29:06 61SJC020_220_0112

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０５０ＦＡＡＴ１０

－

－－

－

DTC B1050:

DTC B1100:

DTC B1150:

DTC B1200:

DTC B1250:

YES

NO

Under-dash fuse/

relay box

connector

B-CAN connected unit

connector

YES

NO

22-110



Communication Bus Line Error










Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connections at theMICU and B-CAN connected units in the table.


Connector D (17P)No. 11 terminal

Under-hood fuse/relaybox connector J (10P)No. 8 terminal

Connector J (21P)No. 4 terminal

Door multiplex controlunit 23P ConnectorNo. 16 terminal

Connector N (45P)No. 28 terminal

Gauge control moduleconnector B (14P) No. 6terminal

Connector N (45P)No. 22 terminal

HVAC control unit 30Pconnector No. 11terminal or climatecontrol unit 30Pconnector No. 30terminal

Connector X (39P)No. 27 terminal

Combination switchcontrol unit 12Pconnector No. 3 terminal

Troubleshoot DTC B1000.

Intermittent failure, the system is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connections at theMICU and B-CAN connected units in the table.

Are DTCs B1050, B1100, B1150, B1200, and/ orB1250 indicated?

Is DTC B1000 also indicated?

07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_220_0113

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１００１ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１００５ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1001:

DTC B1002:

DTC B1005:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-11122-111

MICU Internal Error (CPU Error)

MICU Internal Error (EEPROMError)

MICU Lost Communication withthe Relay Control Module




3. Operate the door lock (LOCK/UNLOCK).



Intermittent failure, the MICU is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connections. If theconnections are good, check the battery condition(see page 22-74) and the charging system.






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the relay control moduleis OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnection at the relay control module connector J(10P), and at the under-dash fuse/relay boxconnector D (17P). If the connections are good,check the battery condition (see page 22-74) andthe charging system.


Go to Relay Control Module Input Test(see page 22-125).

Check for an open in the communicationcircuit between the MICU and the relay controlmodule. If the circuit is OK, the MICU is faulty;replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the circuitis bad, repair the open.




07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_220_0114

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１００６ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１００７ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1006: DTC B1007:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-11222-112



MICU Lost Communication withthe Door Multiplex Control Unit (DRLOCKSWMessage)

MICU Lost Communication withthe Combination Switch Control Unit (HLSWMessage)






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the door multiplex controlunit is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnection at the door multiplex connector (23P),and at the under-dash fuse/relay box connector J(21P). If the connections are good, check the batterycondition (see page 22-74) and the chargingsystem.


Go to Door Multiplex Control Unit Input Test(see page 22-123).

Check for an open in the communicationcircuit between the MICU and the door multiplexcontrol unit. If the circuit is OK, the MICU is faulty;replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the circuitis bad, repair the open.






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the MICU is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connection at thecombination switch control unit connector (12P),and at the under-dash fuse/relay box connectorX (39P). If the connections are good, check thebattery condition (see page 22-74) and the chargingsystem.


Go to the Combination Switch Control UnitInput Test (see page 22-124).

Check for an open in the communicationcircuit between the MICU and the combinationswitch control unit. If the circuit is OK, the MICU isfaulty; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. If thecircuit is bad, repair the open.


Are DTCs B1058 and B1160 also indicated?



07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_220_0115

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１００８ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１０１０ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1008: DTC B1010:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-11322-113

MICU Lost Communication withthe Gauge Control Module (A/T Message)

MICU Lost Communication withthe Door Multiplex Control Unit (PANICMessage)






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the gauge control moduleis OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections at the gauge control module connectorB (14P), and at the under-dash fuse/relay boxconnector N (45P). If the connections are good,check the battery condition (see page 22-74) andthe charging system.


Go to the Gauge Control Module Input Test(see page 22-122).

Check for an open in the communicationcircuit between the MICU and the gauge controlmodule. If the circuit is OK, the MICU is faulty;replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the circuitis bad, repair the open.

NOTE: If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs, besure to follow the instructions in B-CAN systemDiagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).




Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, the door multiplex controlunit is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections at the door multiplex control unitconnector (23P), and at under-dash fuse/relay boxconnector J (21P). If the connections are good,check the battery condition (see page 22-74) andthe charging system.


Go to the Door Multiplex Control Unit InputTest (see page 22-123).

Check for an open in the communicationcircuit between the MICU and the door multiplexcontrol unit. If the circuit is OK, the MICU is faulty;replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the circuitis bad, repair the open.





07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_220_0116

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１０１１ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０８０ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1011: DTC B1080:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-11422-114



MICU Lost Communication withthe Gauge Control Module (VSP/NEMessage)

Power Supply Circuit (IG1 Line)Input Error for Relay Control Module andMICU

NOTE: If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs, besure to follow the instructions in B-CAN systemDiagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).




Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, the gauge control moduleis OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections at gauge control module connector B(14P), and at under-dash fuse/relay box connectorN (45P). If the connections are good, check thebattery condition (see page 22-74) and the chargingsystem.


Go to the Gauge Control Module Input Test(see page 22-122).

Check for an open in the communicationcircuit between the MICU and the gauge controlmodule. If the circuit is OK, the MICU is faulty;replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the circuitis bad, repair the open, or short to power orground.





Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, check for loose or poorconnections at relay control module connector J(10P) and at under-dash fuse/relay box connector D(17P). If the connections are OK, check the batterycondition (see page 22-74) and the chargingsystem.

4. Check the MICU IG1 power supply No. 21 (7.5 A)fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

Go to step 5.

Replace the fuse and recheck for DTCs.


6. Disconnect the under-hood fuse/relay boxconnector J (10P), and inspect for loose or bentpins. If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded,repair them as necessary and recheck the system.

7. Reconnect the under-hood fuse/relay boxconnector J (10P).





Is the fuse OK ?

07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_220_0117

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１０２ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

DTC B1102:

22-11522-115

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR J (10P)

YEL

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR J (10P)

BLKBLK

9. Measure voltage between the No. 2 terminal ofunder-hood fuse/relay box connector J (10P) andbody ground.

Go to step 10.

Repair an open in the wire between theunder-hood fuse/relay box and the under-dashfuse/relay box.

10. Check the voltage between the No. 9 and No. 10terminals of under-hood fuse/relay box connector J(10P) and body ground.

Faulty relay control module; replace theunder-hood fuse/relay box.

Repair an open in the wires between theunder-hood fuse/relay box and G202. If the wiresare OK, inspect G202.




3. Operate the power window (UP/DOWN).


Faulty door multiplex control unit; replacethe power window master switch.

Intermittent failure, the door multiplex controlunit is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections. If the connections are good, check thebattery condition (see page 22-74) and the chargingsystem.

Door Multiplex Control UnitInternal Error (EEPROM Error)

Wire side of female terminals


Is there battery voltage?

Is there less than 1 V?


07/05/09 16:29:08 61SJC020_220_0118

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１０５ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１０６ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1105: DTC B1106:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-11622-116



Door Multiplex Control Unit LostCommunication with MICU (DOORSWMessage)

Door Multiplex Control Unit LostCommunication with MICU (MICU message)






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The system is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connections.


Go to the MICU input test (see page 22-117).







Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The system is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor and connections.


Go to the MICU input test (see page 22-117).





Are DTCs B1055, B1157, and B1255 alsoindicated?

07/05/09 16:29:08 61SJC020_220_0119

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６４１９５１ＦＣＡＴ００

22-117

MICU Input Test

YEL

BLU

CONNECTOR D (17P)

CONNECTOR E (16P)

BLK

CONNECTOR H (14P)

BLK

CONNECTOR J (21P)*

BRN/BLK YEL

CONNECTOR K (12P)*

WHT/RED

WHT/BLKBLK

CONNECTOR P (30P)

CONNECTOR W (5P)

BLU/RED

*Connector view shown rotated 180 ° (upside down) from actual position in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

NOTE: Check the No. 22 (120 A), No. 23 (50 A), No. 15 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box beforetroubleshooting.

1. Before troubleshooting the multiplex integrated control system, troubleshoot the B-CAN System Diagnosis Testmode A (see page 22-99).


3. Remove the left front door sill trim and left kick panel (see page 20-60).

4. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors.

NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:29:08 61SJC020_220_0120

＊０２

22-118


MICU Input Test (cont’d)

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR X (39P)*

*Connector view shown rotated 180 ° (upside down) from actual position in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR N (45P)*

BRN/YEL

LT BLU

LT GRN

YEL

WHT/RED

07/05/09 16:30:23 61SJC020_220_0121

Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not

obtained

22-119

5. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.

• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.• If the terminals look OK, go to step 6.

6. With the connectors still disconnected from the under-dash fuse/relay box, make these input tests at theconnector(s).

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 7.

•

•••

••

P7 WHT/BLK Under all conditions Attach to ground:The ignition key light shouldcome on.

Blown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse inthe under-dash fuse/relayboxFaulty LEDAn open in the wire

W4 BLU/RED Interior lights switchin the middleposition, all doorsclosed

Attach to ground:The individual map lightsshould come on.

Blown No. 6 (10 A) fuse inthe under-dash fuse/relayboxFaulty map lightAn open in the wire

D11 BLU Under all conditions Check for continuity betweenthe D11 terminal and the relaycontrol module connector J(10P) No. 8 terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

Relay control moduleconnector J (10P)disconnected

Check for continuity to ground:There should be no continuity.

Short to ground

J4 BRN/BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity betweenthe J4 terminal and the powerwindow master switchconnector (23P) No. 16 terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

Power windowmaster switch (Doormultiplex controlunit) connector (23P)disconnected


Short to ground

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:30:23 61SJC020_220_0122


obtained

22-120


MICU Input Test (cont’d)

N22 LT BLU Under all conditions Check for continuity betweenthe N22 terminal and the HVACcontrol unit connector (30P)No. 11 terminal (or climatecontrol unit) connector (30P)No. 30 terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

HVAC control unit (orclimate control unit)connector (30P)disconnected


Short to ground

N28 BRN/YEL Under all conditions Check for continuity betweenthe N28 terminal and the gaugecontrol module connector B(14P) No. 6 terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

Gauge controlmodule connector B(14P) disconnected


Short to ground

X27 LT GRN Under all conditions Check for continuity betweenthe X27 terminal and thecombination switch connector(12P) No. 3 terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

Combination switchconnector (12P)disconnected


Short to ground

07/05/09 16:30:23 61SJC020_220_0123


obtained

22-121

7. Reconnect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, and make sure these input tests at the appropriateconnectors on the under-dash fuse/relay box.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the MICU must be faulty, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box assembly.

••

••

•

•

•

•

E9·

H9

BLK Under allconditions

Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than0.5 V.

Poor ground (G501)An open in the wire

P1 BLK Under allconditions



D6·

J9·

X34

YEL Ignition switch ON(II)

Check for voltage to ground:There should be batteryvoltage.

Blown No. 21 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

K5·

X35

WHT/RED Under allconditions



07/05/09 16:30:24 61SJC020_220_0124

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６３００５３ＦＣＡＴ００

Cavity Wire Test Condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained

22-122


Gauge Control Module Input Test

GAUGE CONTROL MODULECONNECTOR A (20P)

GAUGE CONTROL MODULECONNECTOR C (20P)

GAUGE CONTROL MODULECONNECTOR B (14P)

BRN/YEL

BLK

YELWHT/RED




3. Remove the gauge control module (see page 22-263).

4. Disconnect connectors from the gauge control module.



NOTE: All connectors are wire side of female terminals.

6. Reconnect connectors A and C to the gauge control module, and make these input tests at the connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, replace the gauge control module.

••

•

••

•

C10 BLK Under allconditions



A19 WHT/RED Under allconditions



A20 YEL Ignition switchON (II)



B6 BRN/YEL Under allconditions

Check for continuity betweenthe B6 terminal and theunder-dash fuse/relay boxconnector N (45P) No. 28terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

07/05/09 16:30:24 61SJC020_220_0125

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６４１９０２ＦＣＡＴ００

Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained


22-123

Door Multiplex Control Unit Input Test

BLK

YELBRN/BLKWHT/RED

DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR (23P)




3. Remove the power window master switch (see page 22-221).

4. Disconnect the 23P connector from the power window master switch.



6. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.

• If the test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If the input tests prove OK, go to step 7.

16 BRN/BLK Under allconditions

Check for continuity betweenNo. 16 terminal and theunder-dash fuse/relay boxconnector J (21P) No. 4terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

7. Reconnect the connector to the door multiplex control unit, and make these input tests at the connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the door multiplex control unit must be faulty, replace the power window master

switch.

••

•

••

•

1 BLK Under allconditions



15 WHT/RED Under allconditions



20 YEL Ignition switchON (II)




07/05/09 16:30:24 61SJC020_220_0126

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６１７１２３ＦＣＡＴ００


22-124


Combination Switch Control Unit Input Test

YEL

BLKWHT/RED

COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT 12P CONNECTOR

LT GRN

NOTE: Check the No.22 (120 A) No. 23 (50 A), No. 15 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box beforetroubleshooting.



3. Remove the steering column covers (see page 17-24).

4. Disconnect the 12P connector from the combination switch



6. Reconnect all the connector to the control unit, and make these input tests at the connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the combination switch control unit must be faulty, replace the combination

switch.

••

•

••

•










3 LT GRN Under allconditions

Check for continuity betweenNo. 3 terminal and the under-dash fuse/relay boxconnector X (39P) No. 27terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire


07/05/09 16:30:24 61SJC020_220_0127

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ０００５０６５０７２１ＦＣＡＴ００


22-125

Relay Control Module Input Test

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR J (10P)

YEL

BLKBLU BLK

NOTE: Check the No. 22 (120 A), No. 23 (50 A), N0. 15 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box beforetroubleshooting.



3. Check the No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.

4. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box under cover (see page 22-72).

5. Disconnect the under-hood fuse/relay box connector J (10P).



7. Reconnect the connector to the under-hood fuse/relay box, and make these input tests at the connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the relay control module must be faulty, replace the under-hood fuse/relay box.

••

•

•

J9·

J10

BLK Under allconditions



J2 YEL Ignition switchON (II)



J8 BLU Under allconditions

Check for continuity betweenJ8 terminal and the under-dash fuse/relay boxconnector D (17P) No. 11terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire


07/05/09 16:30:25 61SJC020_220_0128

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６４３４０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-126

Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System



AUDIO UNIT CD CHANGER

HOOD SWITCH

MICU

HORNS

LOCK BUTTON

PANIC BUTTON

IGNITION KEY

UNLOCK BUTTON

TRANSMITTER


Test, page 22-149


Test/Replacement, page 22-155

Test, page 22-151Registration, page 22-324

07/05/09 16:30:27 61SJC020_220_0129

(Built into the under-dashfuse/relay box)

＊０３

22-127

TAILGATE SWITCH

RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR/KNOB SWITCH*

FRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR SWITCH

FRONT PASSENGER’SDOOR LOCK ACTUATOR/KNOB SWITCH

PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK SWITCH(Built into the front passenger’s power window switch)

IGNITION KEY SWITCH

IN-BED TRUNK LIDKEY CYLINDER SWITCH*

IN-BED TRUNK LIDHANDLE SWITCH

IN-BED TRUNK LID ACTUATOR/LATCH SWITCH

RIGHT REARDOOR SWITCH

LEFT REARDOOR SWITCH

DOOR MULTIPLEXCONTROL UNIT(Built into the powerwindow master switch)

DRIVER’S DOOR KEYCYLINDER SWITCH

DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR/KNOB SWITCH

LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR/KNOB SWITCH*

DRIVER’SDOOR SWITCH

SECURITY INDICATOR*

*: RTL, RTS, and EXL models

Actuator Test, page 22-146Knob Switch Test, page 22-148


Test, page 22-149

Test, page 22-77

Test, page 22-150

Test, page 22-303Replacement, page 20-188

Actuator Test, page 22-304Latch Switch Test, page 22-180

Input Test,page 22-144

Test, page 22-148




07/05/09 16:30:31 61SJC020_220_0130

－－

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６４３４０００００ＣＡＡＴ００

Security Alarm System

Panic Mode

22-128


System Description

NOTE: This applies to RTS and RTL (USA) or EXL (Canada).

The security alarm system is armed automatically after the doors, hood, and trunk are closed and locked. For thesystem to arm, the ignition switch must be off, the key must be removed, and the MICU must receive signals that thedoors, hood, in-bed trunk are closed and locked. The alarm can be disarmed at any time by unlocking the driver’s doorwith the key or pressing the UNLOCK button on the remote transmitter.

When everything is closed and locked, the only inputs that are grounded, and have 0 V, are the driver’s door lock knobswitch (LOCK position), and the audio unit or CD changer. In other words, all of the other switches are open, and haveabout 5 V with system awake and 1 V in sleep mode, including the key cylinder switches. The security indicator in thedriver’s door panel begins to flash immediately after the vehicle is completely closed and locked, and 15 seconds later,the security system arms and the security indicator flashes on for a shorter amount of time than before. If the securityindicator does not flash, the system is not arming. A beep sounds and parking lights flash to confirm the securityalarm system is armed if the LOCK button is pressed a second time within 5 seconds.

If one of the switches is misadjusted or shorted internally, or there is a short in the circuit, the security system will notarm. As long as the control unit continues to receive a ground signal (0 V), it senses that the vehicle is not closed andlocked, and the system will not arm. A switch that is slightly misadjusted can cause the alarm to sound for no apparentreason. In this case, a significant change in outside air temperature, the vibration of a passing truck, or someonebumping into the vehicle could cause the alarm to sound. There is no glass breakage or motion detector feature.

If anything is opened or improperly unlocked after the system is armed, the control unit receives a ground signal fromthat switch, and the 1 5 V reference drops to 0 V. If the audio unit or CD changer is disconnected, the input loses itsground, and the input voltage goes to 1 5 V. The system sounds the alarm when any of these occur:

• A door or the in-bed trunk is forced open• A door is unlocked without using the key or the remote transmitter• The hood is opened• The audio unit or CD changer is disconnected• The remote panic is operated

When the system sounds the alarm, the horns sound and the exterior lights flash for 2 minutes. The alarm can bestopped at any time by unlocking the driver’s door with the key or by pressing any button on the remote transmitter.

The panic mode sounds the alarm in order to attract attention. When the PANIC button on the remote transmitter ispressed and held for 2 seconds, the alarm sounds and the exterior lights flash for about 20 seconds.

The panic mode can be cancelled at any time by pressing any button on the remote transmitter or by turning theignition switch ON (II). The panic mode will not function if the ignition switch is ON (II).

07/05/09 16:30:31 61SJC020_220_0131

Keyless Entry System

22-129

The keyless entry system is integrated with the MICU. The multiplex integrated control unit (MICU) receives LOCK,UNLOCK and PANIC signals from the door multiplex control unit (keyless receiver).

The keyless entry system allows you to lock and unlock the vehicle with the remote transmitter. When you press theLOCK button, all doors lock. When you press the UNLOCK button once, only the driver’s door unlocks. The other doorswill unlock at the second time you press the button. The doors will not lock with the remote transmitter if a door is notfully closed, or if the key is in the ignition switch.

If the UNLOCK button is pressed, released, then pressed and held, the windows will start to open. The windows stop ifthe button is released. See Power Windows and troubleshooting for more information.

When the switch for the ceiling light is in the center position, the ceiling light will come on as the UNLOCK button ispressed. If a door is not opened, the light will go off in about 30 seconds, and the doors will relock. If the doors arelocked with the remote transmitter within 30 seconds, the light will go off immediately.

07/05/09 16:30:31 61SJC020_220_0132

＊９０

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６４３４０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－

－－

－－

－

－－－

22-130


Circuit Diagram

20

J4

J9K5

15

WHT/RED

A6

B4D6

G1

2

31

BLU/YEL

Q7

YEL/BLU

G601

BLK

2

1

F5

RED/WHT

YEL

*

WHT/RED

BLK/YEL

B CANB CAN

MICU

DOOR LOCK SWITCH

POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH

16

BRN/BLK

IGN

LOCK

(Fuse/relay box socket)




1

BLK

G501

LOCKUN

BLK

BLK

G401

21

WHT

WHT/RED

8

BLK

31

2

LOCK

YEL/RED

22

3

21

WHT/BLK

7

UNLOCK LOCK

No.8 (20 A)

No.7 (7.5 A)

No.21 (7.5 A)

BLK/YEL

IGNITION SWITCH

IG1

BAT

YEL

WHT

No.15 (40 A)

BATTERYNo.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A)

UNDER HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOXUNDER DASHFUSE/RELAY BOX

DRIVER’SDOOR LOCKKNOBSWITCH

DRIVER’SDOOR KEYCYLINDERSWITCH


DOORLOCK KNOB

UNLOCK

KEYLESSRECEIVERANTENNA UNDER DASH

FUSE/RELAYBOX

SECURITYINDICATOR

IN BEDTRUNK LIDMAINSWITCH(Closed :Trunk lid open)

IN BEDTRUNK LIDACTUATOR

IN BEDTRUNK LIDACTUATOR/LATCHSWITCH

IN BEDTRUNK LIDLATCHSWITCH(Closed :Trunk lid open)

LIGHT(LED)

No.13(20 A)

No.4(15 A)

D

CBA

TRANSMITTER

KEY

07/05/09 16:30:32 61SJC020_220_0133

＊９０

－

－－

22-131


K2N9H10E8E2H3N7K12

MICU

RTS, RTL, and EXL models* :

UNLOCKUNLOCKLOCK

UNDNER DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

YEL/BLK1 2

YEL/GRN

YEL/BLK1 2

YEL

YEL/BLK1 2

YEL

YEL21

YEL/BLK

BLK

G602

RED/BLU

Q12

2

1

G403

BLK

P1

*

UNLOCK

2

1

BLK

Q4

GRY/BLU

G602

UNLOCK

3

1

BLK

Q3

BLK/RED

G501G501

UNLOCK

BLK/WHT

Q2

BLK

3

1

*

UNLOCK LOCKUNLOCK

P29

BRN/WHT

3

1 9

1 2

BLK

P25

PNK/BLK

PNK/BLU

P9

G402

BLK

BLK

DOORLOCK KNOB

FRONTPASSENGER’SDOORLOCKSWITCH

FRONTPASSENGER’SDOOR LOCKKNOBSWITCH

LEFTREARDOORLOCKKNOBSWITCH

RIGHTREARDOORLOCKKNOBSWITCH

IN BEDTRUNK LIDKEYCYLINDERSWITCH

IN BEDTRUNK LIDHANDLESWITCH(Closed :Switch ON)

RIGHT REARDOOR LOCKACTUATOR

LEFT REARDOOR LOCKACTUATOR

FRONTPASSENGER’SDOOR LOCKACTUATOR

DRIVER’SDOOR LOCKACTUATOR

KEY

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:30:33 61SJC020_220_0134

＊０１

－

－

－

－

－

22-132


Circuit Diagram (cont’d)

C B A D

* : RTS, RTL, and EXL models


MICU

BLK

G201

GRN/BLK

H2

BLK

G602

BLU/ORN

Q11

2

1

H13

GRN/WHT

E14

LT GRN/RED

H12

GRN/YEL

E15

GRN

2

1

P13

RED/WHT

G401

BLK


G501

BLK

H9

2

1

RED/WHT

P27

•

•

*

No.15 (40 A) FUSE

J8

BLU GRN/YEL

B CAN

RED/BLK

•

•


TAILLIGHTS

D11

B CAN

No.4 (15 A) FUSE No.13 (20 A) FUSE

BLU/RED BLU/RED

H9 H1


BRN/YEL

G602

BLK BLK/YEL


BLK/YEL

B6 A10 B7

N5 J14

(LED)

1

2

No.7 (7.5 A) FUSE

WHT/RED WHT/RED

WHT/RED

A19

*

N28

J4

1 1 1 1

No.7(7.5 A)

HOODSWITCH(Closed :Hood open)

TAILGATESWITCH(Closed :Tailgate open)

LEFTREARDOORSWITCH(Closed :Door open)

FRONTPASSENGER’SDOORSWITCH(Closed :Door open)

DRIVER’SDOORSWITCH(Closed :Door open)

IGNITIONKEYSWITCH(Closed :Key inserted)

RIGHTREARDOORSWITCH(Closed :Door open)

CD CHANGER(With navigationsystem)AUDIO UNIT(Without navigationsystem)

HORNSWITCH

FRONT PARKINGLIGHTS

TAILLIGHTRELAYCIRCUIT

HORNRELAYCIRCUIT

HORN(High)

HORN(Low)

CONTROLLERAREA NETWORKCONTROLLER

B CANTRANSCEIVER

SECURITYINDICATOR

07/05/09 16:30:34 61SJC020_220_0135

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６３０００Ｙ１０２６ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1026:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-133

DTC Troubleshooting

FRONT PASSENGER’S WINDOW/DOOR LOCK SWITCH 10P CONNECTOR

LOCK (PNK/BLK)UNLOCK (PNK/BLU)

Front Passenger’s Door LockSwitch LOCK/UNLOCK Signal Error

NOTE: If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs, besure to follow the instructions in B-CAN systemdiagnosis test mode A (see page 22-99).



3. Operate the front passenger’s door lock switchseveral times.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The front passenger’sdoor lock system is OK at this time. Check for looseor poor connections.

5. With the front passenger’s door lock switch in theneutral position, select SECURITY from the HDSand enter the DATA LIST.

6. Check the ON/OFF information of the FRONTPASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK SWITCH (LOCK) andFRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK SWITCH(UNLOCK) in the DATA LIST.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 12.

7. Push the front passenger’s door lock switch to theLOCK and UNLOCK positions, and check the ON/OFF information of the FRONT PASSENGER’SDOOR LOCK SWITCH (LOCK) and FRONTPASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK SWITCH (UNLOCK) inthe DATA LIST.

Faulty MICU, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.

Go to step 8.

8. Remove the front passenger’s door panel (see page20-7).

9. Disconnect the 10P connector from the frontpassenger’s window/door lock switch.

10. Disconnect the 30P connector from the under-dashfuse/relay box connector P.

11. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2terminals of the front passenger’s window/doorlock switch 10P connector.

Repair a short in the wire.

Faulty front passenger’s door lock switch.

(cont’d)



Are both information indicators OFF?

Does the FRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCKSWITCH (LOCK ) (FRONT PASSENGER’SDOOR LOCK SWITCH (UNLOCK )) informationindicate ON when the door lock switch is pushedin each switch position, and OFF when the doorlock switch is released?

Is there continuity?

07/05/09 16:30:34 61SJC020_220_0136

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１２７ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

DTC B1127:

22-13422-134



FRONT PASSENGER’S WINDOW/DOOR LOCK SWITCH 10P CONNECTOR

LOCK (PNK/BLK)UNLOCK (PNK/BLU)


13. Disconnect the 10P connector from the frontpassenger’s window/door lock switch.

14. Check the ON/OFF information of the FRONTPASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK SWITCH (LOCK) andFRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK SWITCH(UNLOCK) in the DATA LIST.

Faulty front passenger’s door lock switch;replace it.

Go to step 15.


16. Check for continuity between the No. 1 (UNLOCK)and No. 2 (LOCK) terminals of the front passenger’sdoor lock switch 10P connector and body ground.

Repair a short in the wire and recheck.





3. Operate the driver’s door key cylinder severaltimes.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The driver’s door keycylinder system is OK at this time. Check for looseor poor connections.

5. With the driver’s door key cylinder in the neutralposition, select SECURITY with the HDS, and enterthe DATA LIST.

6. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER’SDOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH (LOCK) andDRIVER’S DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH(UNLOCK) in the DATA LIST.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 8.

Driver’s Door Key CylinderSwitch LOCK/UNLOCK Signal Error






07/05/09 16:30:34 61SJC020_220_0137

０１

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-135

DRIVER’S DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH3P CONNECTOR

UNLOCK(WHT)

LOCK(WHT/RED)

7. Turn the driver’s door key cylinder to the LOCK andUNLOCK positions with the ignition key and checkthe ON/OFF information of the DRIVER’S DOORKEY CYLINDER SWITCH (LOCK) and DRIVER’SDOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH (UNLOCK) in theDATA LIST.

Substitute the door multiplex control unitand retest.

Faulty driver’s door key cylinder switch or ashort between the WHT/RED and/or WHT wires.

8. Remove the driver’s door panel (see page 20-7).

9. Disconnect the driver’s door key cylinder switch 3Pconnector.

10. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER’SDOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH (LOCK) andDRIVER’S DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH(UNLOCK) in the DATA LIST.

Faulty driver’s door key cylinder switch.Replace the it.

Go to step 11.


12. Disconnect the driver’s door multiplex control unit23P connector.

13. Check for continuity between the No. 3 (LOCK) andNo. 1 (UNLOCK) terminals of the driver’s door keycylinder switch 3P connector and body ground.

Repair a short in the WHT/RED (LOCK) orWHT (UNLOCK) wire.

Faulty door multiplex control unit; replace thepower window master switch.

Terminal side of male terminals

Is the DRIVER’S DOOR K EY CY LINDERSWITCH (LOCK ) (DRIVER’S DOOR K EYCY LINDER SWITCH (UNLOCK )) informationindicator ON when the key cylinder is in the LOCK(UNLOCK ) position, and OFF when the key is inthe neutral or opposite position?



07/05/09 16:30:35 61SJC020_220_0138

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１２８ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

DTC B1128:

YES

NO

22-136



Driver’s Door Lock Switch LOCK/UNLOCK Signal Error




3. Operate the driver’s door look switch several times.


Faulty driver’s door lock switch; replace thepower window master switch.

Intermittent failure. The driver’s door lockswitch system is OK at this time. Check for loose orpoor connections.


07/05/09 16:30:35 61SJC020_220_0139

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１２９ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1129:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-137

DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH3P CONNECTOR

UNLOCK(WHT/BLK)

LOCK(YEL/RED)

Driver’s Door Lock Knob SwitchLOCK/UNLOCK Signal Error




3. Operate the driver’s door lock knob switch severaltimes.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The driver’s door lockknob switch system is OK at this time. Check forloose or poor connections.

5. Select SECURITY from the BODY ELECTRICALSYSTEM SELECT menu, and enter the DATA LIST.

Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER’SDOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH (LOCK) and DRIVER’SDOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH (UNLOCK) in theDATA LIST.


Go to step 6.


7. Disconnect the driver’s door lock knob switch 3Pconnector.

8. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRIVER’SDOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH (LOCK) and DRIVER’SDOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH (UNLOCK) in theDATA LIST.

Check for an open in the driver’s door lockknob switch (LOCK) wire or the driver’s door lockknob switch (UNLOCK) wire between the doormultiplex control unit and the driver’s door lockknob switch. If OK, replace the driver’s door lockactuator.

Go to step 9.


10. Disconnect power window master switch 23Pconnector.

11. Check for continuity between the No. 2 (LOCK) andNo. 1 (UNLOCK) terminals of the driver’s door lockknob switch 3P connector and body ground.

Repair a short in the YEL/RED (LOCK) orWHT/BLK (UNLOCK) wire.

Faulty door multiplex control unit replace thepower window master switch.



Does the DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK K NOBSWITCH (LOCK ) information indicator ON andDRIVER’S DOOR LOCK K NOB SWITCH(UNLOCK ) information indicate OFF with thedr iver’s door lock knob switch in LOCK position,and does the DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK K NOBSWITCH (LOCK ) information indicate OFF andDRIVER’S DOOR LOCK K NOB SWITCH(UNLOCK ) information indicate ON with thedr iver’s door lock knob switch in the UNLOCKposition?



07/05/09 16:30:35 61SJC020_220_0140

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６４３４０００００ＦＡＡＴ０１

Symptom Location Possible cause

22-138


Symptom Troubleshooting

1. Troubleshoot the keyless/power door locks/security alarm system by the symptom index.

The door(s) will not lock orunlock.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Check for B-CAN troubleshootingtest mode A (see page 22-99).Do the control unit input test(see page 22-139).Do the transmitter test (see page22-151).Do the transmitter registration(see page 22-324).Do the ignition switch test (see page22-77).Do the ignition key switch test(see page 22-204).

NOTE: If the key in the ignition keyswitch or the ignition is ON (II),the door lock system does notfunction.

The door(s) will not lock. 1.

2.

Do the control unit input test(see page 22-139).Do the door lock knob switch test(see page 22-147).

Door switch test (Door open:switch closed, Door closed: switchopen).

The door(s) will not unlock. 1.

2.

Do the control unit input test(see page 22-139).Do the door lock knob switch test(see page 22-147).


Transmitter will not program. 1.

2.

3.

4.

Check for B-CAN troubleshootingtest mode A (see page 22-99).Do the control unit input test(see page 22-139).Do the transmitter test (see page22-151).Do the ignition switch test (see page22-77).

Door(s) will relock even if thedoor is opened once afterlocking with remote.

Driver’s door switch test (Dooropen: switch closed, Door closed:switch opened).

Door(s) will lock and unlockwith the remote even if theignition switch is ON (II).

Do the ignition switch test (see page22-77).

NOTE: If the ignition switch ON (II),the door lock system does notfunction.

Door will lock or unlock withthe remote even if the ignitionswitch is ON (II).

Do the ignition key switch test (see page22-204).

NOTE: If the key is in the ignitionkey switch, the door lock systemdoes not function.

Sometimes door(s) will notlock or unlock.

1.

2.

Do the key cylinder test (see page22-148).Do the in-bed trunk lid latch switchtest (see page 22-180).


07/05/09 16:30:35 61SJC020_220_0141

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６４３４４１９５１ＦＣＡＴ００

MICU

22-139

Control Unit Input Test

CONNECTOR E (16P)

YEL/BLK

YEL GRN/YEL GRN

CONNECTOR F (14P)

RED/WHT

CONNECTOR H (14P)

YEL/BLK

LT GRN/REDBLK GRN/WHTYEL

CONNECTOR N (45P)

BLK/YEL

YEL

CONNECTOR J (21P)

YEL

BLK/YEL

CONNECTOR K (12P)

YEL/GRN

CONNECTOR P (30P)

PNK/BLUBLK

BRN/WHTRED/WHTPNK/BLK

CONNECTOR Q (14P)

GRY/BLUBLK/REDBLK/WHT

BLU/ORN RED/BLUBLU/YEL

YEL/BLK

YEL/BLK

RED/WHT

NOTE: Before troubleshooting the keyless entry/security control system, troubleshoot the multiplex integrated controlsystem first using B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).Make sure the ignition switch OFF before troubleshooting the under-dash fuse/relay box.







(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:30:36 61SJC020_220_0142


obtained

22-140


Control Unit Input Test (cont’d)

5. With the connectors still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If the input tests prove OK, go to step 6.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

••

••

•

••

K2 YEL/GRN Connect thebattery positiveterminal to K12(K2) terminal, andK2 (K12) terminalto H9 terminal

Check actuator operation:The driver’s door lockactuator should lock (unlock).

Faulty driver’s door lockactuatorAn open in the wire

K12 YEL/BLK

N7 YEL/BLK Connect thebattery positiveterminal to N7 (N9)terminal, and N9(N7) terminal to H9terminal

Check actuator operation:The front passenger’s doorlock actuator should lock(unlock).

Faulty front passenger’s doorlock actuatorAn open in the wire

N9 YEL

H3 YEL/BLK Connect thebattery positiveterminal to H3(H10) terminal, andH10 (H3) terminalto H9 terminal

Check actuator operation:The left rear door lockactuator should lock (unlock).

Faulty left rear door lockactuatorAn open in the wire

H10 YEL

E2 YEL/BLK Connect thebattery positiveterminal to E2 (E8)terminal, and E8(E2) terminal to H9terminal

Check actuator operation:The right rear door lockactuator should lock (unlock).

Faulty right rear door lockactuatorAn open in the wire

E8 YEL

F5 RED/WHT Connect thebattery positiveterminal to F5terminal with thetrunk lid mainswitch ON

Check actuator operation:The in-bed trunk lid actuatorshould unlock.

Poor ground (G601)Faulty in-bed trunk lid mainswitchFaulty in-bed trunk lid actuatorAn open in the wire

J14 BLK/YEL Under allconditions

Attach to ground:The security indicator shouldcome on.

Blown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty security indicatorAn open in the wire

N5 BLK/YEL Under allconditions

Check for continuity betweenthe N5 terminal and thegauge control moduleconnector B (14P) No. 7terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

Gauge controlmodule connectorB (14P)disconnected

Check for continuity toground:There should be no continuity.

Short to ground

07/05/09 16:30:36 61SJC020_220_0143


22-141

6. Reconnect all connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and make these input tests at the appropriateconnectors on the under-dash fuse/relay box.


••

••

••

••

••••••••••••••••••••••••••

P1 BLK Under all conditions Check for voltage toground:There should be less than 0.5 V.


H9 BLK Under all conditions Check for voltage toground:There should be less than 0.5 V.


P29 BRN/WHT Front passenger’s door lockknob switch unlocked

Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Poor ground (G402)Faulty front passenger’s door lock knobswitchAn open in the wire

Front passenger’s door lockknob switch locked

Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Faulty front passenger’s door lock knobswitchShort to ground

P9 PNK/BLU Front passenger’s door lockswitch unlocked


Poor ground (G402)Faulty front passenger’s door lock switchAn open in the wire

Front passenger’s door lockswitch in neutral


Faulty front passenger’s door lock switchShort to ground

P25 PNK/BLK Front passenger’s door lockswitch locked


Poor ground (G402)Faulty front passenger’s door lock switchAn open in the wire

Front passenger’s door lockswitch in neutral


Faulty front passenger’s door lock switchShort to ground

Q2 BLK/WHT Left rear door lock knobswitch unlocked


Poor ground (G501)Faulty left rear door lock knob switchAn open in the wire

Left rear door lock knobswitch locked


Faulty left rear door lock knob switchShort to ground

Q3 BLK/RED Right rear door lock knobswitch unlocked


Poor ground (G501)Faulty right rear door lock knob switchAn open in the wire

Right rear door lock knobswitch locked


Faulty right rear door lock knob switchShort to ground

Q12 RED/BLU In-bed trunk lid handleswitchON


Poor ground (G602)Faulty in-bed trunk lid handle switchAn open in the wire

In-bed trunk lid handleswitchOFF


Faulty in-bed trunk lid handle switchShort to ground

RTS, RTL, and EXL models

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:30:36 61SJC020_220_0144


22-142



••

••

••••

•

••••••

••••••••••••••••••••••••••

Q4 GRY/BLU In-bed trunk lid key cylinderswitch unlocked


Poor ground (G602)Faulty In-bed trunk lid key cylinderswitchAn open in the wire

In-bed trunk lid key cylinderswitch in neutral


Faulty In-bed trunk lid key cylinderswitchShort to ground

P27 RED/WHT Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Poor ground (G404)Faulty connections at the audio unitFaulty CD changer (with navigationsystem)Faulty audio unit (without navigationsystem)An open in the wire

P13 RED/WHT Ignition key inserted intothe ignition switch


Poor ground (G401)Faulty ignition key switchAn open in the wire

Ignition switch OFF andignition key removed fromthe ignition switch


Faulty ignition key switchShort to ground

E15 GRN Driver’s door open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Faulty driver’s door switchAn open in the wire

Driver’s door closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Faulty driver’s door switchShort to ground

H12 LT GRN/RED Front passenger’s dooropen


Faulty front passenger’s door switchAn open in the wire

Front passenger’s doorclosed


Faulty front passenger’s door switchShort to ground

E14 GRN/YEL Left rear door open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Faulty left rear door switchAn open in the wire

Left rear door closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Faulty left rear door switchShort to ground

H13 GRN/WHT Right rear door open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Faulty right rear door switchAn open in the wire

Right rear door closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Faulty right rear door switchShort to ground

Q7 BLU/YEL In-bed trunk lid open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Poor ground (G601)Faulty In-bed trunk lid latch switchAn open in the wire

In-bed trunk lid closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Faulty In-bed trunk lid latch switchShort to ground

Q11 BLU/ORN Tailgate open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Poor ground (G602)Faulty tailgate switchAn open in the wire

Tailgate closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Faulty tailgate switchShort to ground

1: RTS, RTL, and EXL models2:After testing, insert the key into the ignition switch and turn the ignition switch ON (II) before continuing to the next step.

1

1

2

07/05/09 16:30:36 61SJC020_220_0145

＊０２

Relay Control Module

Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result


Possible cause if result is not obtained

Possible cause if result is not obtained

22-143

BLU/RED

BLU/RED

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR H (18P)

GRN/BLK


8. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 22-72).

9. Remove the under cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and disconnect the connector H (18P).


• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system.• If the terminals look OK, go to step 11.

11. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors.


••

H1·

H9

BLU/RED Under allconditions

Connect the battery power tothe H1 (H9) terminalmomentarily:There horn should sound.

Faulty hornAn open in the wire

12. Reconnect the connector to the under-hood fuse/relay box, turn the ignition switch ON (II) and make the input testat the appropriate connector on the under-hood fuse/relay box.

• If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If the input test proves OK, go to step 13.

•••••

H2 GRN/BLK Hood open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Poor ground (G201)Faulty hood switchAn open in the wire

Hood closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Faulty hood switchShort to ground

(cont’d)


07/05/09 16:30:37 61SJC020_220_0146

０３



22-144



WHT/BLK

WHTYEL

DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR (23P)

WHT/RED

YEL/REDBRN/BLKWHT/RED

BLK



15. Disconnect the 23P connector from the power window master switch.




• If the test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If the input tests prove OK, go to step 18.

16 BRN/BLK Under allconditions

Check for continuity betweenthe No. 16 terminal andunder-dash fuse/relay boxconnector J (21P) No. 4terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

Check for continuity betweenthe No. 16 terminal and bodyground:There should be no continuity.

A short in the wire


07/05/09 16:30:37 61SJC020_220_0147


22-145

18. Reconnect the connector to the door multiplex control unit. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and make these inputtests at the connectors.


•••

••

•••

••

•••

••

••

••••

•

••••


Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 0.5 V.



Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.

Blown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay box.An open in the wire



Blown No. 21 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay box.An open in the wire

7 WHT/BLK Driver’s doorlock knob switchunlocked


Poor ground (G401)Faulty driver’s door lock knobswitchAn open in the wire

Driver’s doorlock knob switchlocked


Faulty driver’s door lock knobswitchShort to ground

22 YEL/RED Driver’s doorlock knob switchlocked


Poor ground (G401)Faulty driver’s door lock knobswitchAn open in the wire

Driver’s doorlock knob switchunlocked


Faulty driver’s door lock knobswitchShort to ground

8 WHT/RED Driver’s door keycylinder switchin LOCK


Faulty driver’s door key cylinderswitchPoor ground (G401)An open in the wire

Driver’s door keycylinder switchin neutral


Short to groundFaulty driver’s door key cylinderswitch

Driver’s door keycylinder switchin UNLOCK


21 WHT Driver’s door keycylinder switchin UNLOCK


Faulty driver’s door key cylinderswitchPoor ground (G401)An open in the wire

Driver’s door keycylinder switchin neutral


Short to groundFaulty driver’s door key cylinderswitch

Driver’s door keycylinder switchin LOCK


19. If all the input tests prove OK, and no DTCs were found during multiplex integrated control systemtroubleshooting (B-CAN System Diagnostic Test Mode A) (see page 22-99), go to the B-CAN system input andoutput index (see page 22-92). If multiple failures are found on more than one control unit, replace the under-dashfuse/relay box (includes the MICU). If input failures are related to a particular control unit, replace that control unit.

07/05/09 16:30:37 61SJC020_220_0148

０１

０２

０３

０４

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６６０５２０９０１ＦＥＡＴ１０

Driver’s door Passenger’s door

22-146


Door Lock Actuator Test

LOCK

UNLOCK

Terminal

Position1 2

LOCK

UNLOCK

Terminal

Position1 2


2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the actuator.

3. Check actuator operation by connecting power andground according to the table. To prevent damageto the actuator, apply battery voltage onlymomentarily.

4. If the actuator does not operate as specified,replace it.

1. Remove the passenger’s door panel.

• Front door panel (see page 20-7)• Rear door panel (see page 20-14)


3. Check actuator operation by connecting power andground according to the table. To prevent damageto the actuator, apply battery voltage onlymomentarily.

4. If the actuator does not operate as specified,replace it.

07/05/09 16:30:38 61SJC020_220_0149

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６６０５２１０１１ＦＥＡＴ１０

Driver’s Door Front Passenger’s Door (RTS, RTL, and EXLmodels)

22-147

Door Lock Knob Switch Test

Not used



3. Check for continuity between the terminals.

• There should be continuity between the No. 2and No. 3 terminals when the door lock knobswitch is in the LOCK position and no continuitywhen the switch is in the UNLOCK position.

• There should be continuity between the No. 1and No. 3 terminals when the door lock knobswitch is in the UNLOCK position and nocontinuity when the switch is in the LOCKposition.

4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the doorlock actuator.



3. Check for continuity between the terminals.There should be continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 3 terminals when the door lock knob switch inthe UNLOCK position and no continuity when theswitch is in the LOCK position.


(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:30:38 61SJC020_220_0150

０３

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６６０５２０７０３ＦＥＡＴ００

Rear Door (RTS, RTL, and EXL models)

22-14822-148


Door Lock Knob Switch Test(cont’d)

Door Key Cylinder Switch Test

Not used

1. Remove the left or right rear door panel (see page20-14).


3. Check for continuity between the terminals.There should be continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 3 terminals when the door lock knob switch isUNLOCK position and no continuity when theswitch is in the LOCK position.



2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the key cylinderswitch.


• There should be continuity between the No. 2and No. 3 terminals when the door key cylinderswitch is in LOCK position.

• There should be no continuity between the No. 2and No. 3 terminals when the door key cylinderswitch is in the neutral or UNLOCK position.

• There should be continuity between the No. 1and No. 2 terminals when the door key cylinderswitch is in UNLOCK position.

• There should be no continuity between the No. 1and No. 2 terminals when the door key cylinderswitch is in the neutral or LOCK position.

4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the doorkey cylinder assembly (see page 20-8).

07/05/09 16:31:28 61SJC020_220_0151

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６６０５２１０２１ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＣＪ４６６４３４３２３０１ＦＥＡＴ００

Passenger’s Door Lock Switch RTS, RTL, and EXL models

22-14922-149

Door Lock Switch Test Hood Switch Test



• There should be continuity between the No. 2and No. 9 terminals when the door lock switch isin LOCK position. There should be no continuitybetween the No. 2 and No. 9 terminals when thedoor lock switch is in the neutral position.

• There should be continuity between the No. 1and No. 9 terminals when the door lock switch isin UNLOCK position. There should be nocontinuity between the No. 1 and No. 9 terminalswhen the door lock switch is in the neutralposition.

3. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the doorlock switch.

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the hood switch.

3. Check for continuity between the terminals.There should be continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 2 terminals when the hood is opened (leverreleased). There should be no continuity betweenthe No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when the hood isclosed (lever pushed down).

4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the

07/05/09 16:31:28 61SJC020_220_0152

hood latch (see page 20-185).

０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＣＪ４６６４３４５４３０１ＦＨＡＴ１０

０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＣＪ４６６４３４３５２４１ＦＥＡＴ００

RTS, RTL, and EXL models RTS, RTL, and EXL models

22-15022-150


Security Indicator Test/Replacement

In-Bed Trunk Lid Key CylinderSwitch Test

A


2. Remove the security indicator (A) from the doorpanel.

3. Test the indicator by connecting battery power tothe No. 2 terminal and grounding the No.1 terminal.The LED should come on.

4. If the LED does not come on, replace the securityindicator.

1. Remove the in-bed trunk lid inner cover (see step 2on page 20-187).

2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the key cylinderswitch.

3. Check for continuity between the terminals.There should be continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 2 terminals when the in-bed trunk lid keycylinder switch is in UNLOCK position. Thereshould be no continuity between the No. 1 andNo. 2 terminals when the in-bed trunk lid keycylinder switch is in the released (neutral) position.

4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the in-bed trunk lid key cylinder switch.

07/05/09 16:31:29 61SJC020_220_0153

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６４３４３６１０１ＦＥＡＴ００

With HDS

22-151

Transmitter Test

A

NOTE:• If the doors unlock or lock with the transmitter, but

the LED on the transmitter does not come on, the LEDis faulty; replace the transmitter.

• If any door is open, you cannot lock the doors withthe transmitter.

• If you unlocked the doors with the transmitter, but donot open any of the doors within 30 seconds, thedoors relock automatically.

• The doors do not lock or unlock with the transmitter ifthe ignition key is inserted in the ignition switch.

1. Press the lock or unlock button five or six times toreset the transmitter.

• If the locks work, the transmitter is OK.• If any of the transmitter buttons do not work,

replace the transmitter, then reprogram andregister the transmitter (see page 22-324).

• If the locks don’t work, go to step 2.

2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector.

3. Select the KEYLESS from the BODY ELECTRICALmenu, then enter the KEYLESS CHECK.

4. Press the lock, unlock, trunk, or panic button andcheck the response on the screen of the HDS.

NOTE: The door lock actuators may or may notcycle when receiving input from the transmitter.

• If KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE ISRECEIVED is indicated, the transmitter is OK.

• If DIFFERENT KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTERCODE IS RECEIVED is indicated, the transmitter isnot registered to the vehicle, if necessary,reprogram and register the transmitter (see page22-324).

• If KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE IS NOTRECEIVED is indicated, go to step 5.

5. Open the transmitter and check for water damage.

• If you find any water damage, replace thetransmitter, then reprogram and register thetransmitter (see page 22-324).

• If there is no water damage, go to step 6.

6. Replace the transmitter battery (A) with a new one,and press lock or unlock button and check thereceive condition on the screen of the HDS.

• If KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE ISRECEIVED is indicated, the transmitter is OK.

• If KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTR CODE IS NOTRECEIVED is indicated, go to step 7.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:31:29 61SJC020_220_0154

０３

Without HDS

22-152


Transmitter Test (cont’d)

7. Use a different known-good keyless transmitterand repeat steps 3 and 4.

NOTE: The keyless transmitter does not need to beprogrammed to the vehicle for this test.

• If (DIFFERENT) KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTERCODE IS RECEIVED is indicated, replace thekeyless transmitter and do the immobilizersystem registration (see page 22-324).

• If KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER CODE IS NOTRECEIVED is indicated, the immobilizer-keylesscontrol unit is faulty, replace it and do theimmobilizer system registration (see page22-324).

1. Start the engine.

• If the engine does not start, go to the immobilizersystem troubleshooting (see page 22-320).

• If the engine starts, go to step 2.

2. Press the lock or unlock button five or six times toreset the transmitter.

• If the locks work, the transmitter is OK.• If the locks don’t work, go to step 3.

3. Open the transmitter and check for water damage.

• If you find any water damage, replace thetransmitter.

• If there is no water damage, go to step 4.

07/05/09 16:31:29 61SJC020_220_0155

０４

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６４３４３６１０１ＬＢＡＴ００

Adding a remote transmitter

Adding multiple remote transmitters

Deleting remotes

22-15322-153

A

4. Replace the transmitter battery (A) with a new one,and try to lock and unlock the doors with thetransmitter by pressing the lock or unlock buttonfive or six times.

• If the doors lock and unlock, the transmitter is OK.• If the doors don’t lock and unlock, go to step 5.

5. Reprogram and register the transmitter (see page22-324), then try to lock and unlock the doors.

• If the doors lock and unlock, the transmitter is OK.• If the doors don’t lock and unlock, substitute a

known-good transmitter and recheck (see page22-324). If still not operating, replace theimmobilizer-keyless control unit.

NOTE: The keyless transmitter attaches to the ignitionkey and is separate from the immobilizer transponder.It is not necessary to use the HDS when replacing ordeleting an existing transmitter.• Adding a key (transponder) can only be done with the

HDS. If the key being added has a new remotetransmitter, it can be programmed with the HDS atthe end of the ‘‘ADD A KEY’’ function (see page22-324).

• If one or all keys (transponder) are lost, the remotetransmitters must be deleted manually. This willassure that all of the old keyless transmitters havebeen cleared from the immobilizer/keyless controlunit memory.

• When replacing the immobilizer/keyless control unit,you must have all of the remote transmitters thatneed to be programmed to the car.

• The immobilizer/keyless control unit can only store 5keyless transmitters.

• During programming, pushing the same remotebutton 5 times will delete all other remotes.

Turn the ignition switch ON (II), push the transmitter’slock or unlock button within 4 seconds and turn theignition switch OFF (0), turn it back ON (II) within 4seconds and back OFF (0). Repeat this 2 more times andthe locks should cycle when the transmitter button ispushed. Turn the ignition switch OFF (0) and removethe key. Wait 10 seconds and verify that all remotesfunction properly.

Turn the ignition switch ON (II), push the transmitter’slock or unlock button within 4 seconds and turn theignition switch OFF (0), turn it back ON (II) within 4seconds and back OFF (0). Repeat this 2 more times andthe locks should cycle when the transmitter button ispushed. Push the lock or unlock button on each remoteto be programmed within 4 seconds of each other. Turnthe ignition switch OFF (0) and remove the key. Wait 10seconds and verify that all remotes being programmedare functioning properly.

Turn the ignition switch ON (II), push the transmitter’slock or unlock button within 4 seconds and turn theignition switch OFF (0), turn it back ON (II) within 4seconds and back OFF (0). Repeat this 2 more times andthe locks should cycle when the transmitter button ispushed. Push the same button 5 more times. This willleave only the current remote programmed in theimmobilizer/keyless control unit.

07/05/09 16:31:30 61SJC020_220_0156

Keyless Transmitter Programming/Deleting - Manual Method

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２４２００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-154

Horns



UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

HORN SWITCH

CABLE REEL

HORNS

Test, page 22-156



07/05/09 16:31:31 61SJC020_220_0157

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２４２００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

０１

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２４２０００３２４３１ＦＨＡＴ１０

－

22-15522-155

Circuit Diagram Horn Test/Replacement

111

1

D9

H1

H9J4

RED

BLU/REDBLU/RED

BLK/YEL

CONTROL BLOCK

No.13(20 A)

BATTERY

GRN/YEL

UNDER HOODFUSE/RELAY BOX

BRAKELIGHTS

RELAYCONTROLMODULE

CRUISE CONTROLSET/RESUME/CANCEL SWITCH

HORNSWITCH

HORN(High)

HORN(Low)

CABLEREEL

A

B

A

B

1. Remove the front bulkhead cover (see page 20-171).

2. Disconnect the 1P connector (A) from each horn (B).

3. Test the horn by connecting battery power to theterminal (A) and grounding the bracket (B). Thehorn should sound.

4. If it fails to sound, replace it.

07/05/09 16:31:31 61SJC020_220_0158

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２４２０００３２４１１ＦＥＡＴ００

22-156

Horns

Horn Switch Test

A

A

B

C

1. Remove the steering column covers (see page17-24).

2. Disconnect the 13P connector (A) from the cablereel.

3. Using a jumper wire, connect the No. 1 terminal ofthe dashboard wire harness 13P connector to bodyground.

• If the horns sound, go to step 4.• If the horns don’t sound, check these items:

– No. 13 (20 A) fuse in the under-hoodfuse/relay box.

– Relay control module in the under-hoodfuse/relay box.

– Horns (see page 22-155).– An open in the wire.

4. Reconnect the cable reel 13P connector (A) to thedashboard wire harness.

5. Remove the driver’s airbag assembly (see page24-174), and disconnect the horn switch 1P positiveterminal from the cable reel (B).

6. Using a jumper wire, connect the cable reel side 1Pconnector (C) to body ground, and turn the wheelside to side.

• If the horns sound, replace the driver’s airbagassembly.

• If the horns don’t sound or sounds intermittently,replace the cable reel.


07/05/09 16:31:32 61SJC020_220_0159

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-157

Exterior Lights


TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH

FRONT TURN SIGNAL/SIDE MARKER LIGHTS

HEADLIGHTS

(cont’d)


Bulb Replacement, page 22-177Replacement, page 22-176

Bulb Replacement, page 22-177Replacement, page 22-176Adjustment, page 22-175

07/05/09 16:31:34 61SJC020_220_0160

＊０２

22-158

Exterior Lights

Component Location Index (cont’d)

IN-BED TRUNK LIDLATCH SWITCH

TAILGATE SWITCH

RIGHT CARGO AREA LIGHT 2

LEFT CARGO AREA LIGHT 2

RIGHT CARGO AREA LIGHT 1

LEFT CARGO AREA LIGHT 1

LICENSE PLATE LIGHTS

TAILLIGHT and BRAKE LIGHT

REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

BACK-UP LIGHT

HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT

Test, page 22-180

Test/Replacement/Adjustment,page 22-182










07/05/09 16:31:36 61SJC020_220_0161

＊０３

22-159

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS RELAY (Canada)

HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

DRL INDICATOR(Canada)

LIGHTS-ON INDICATOR

COMBINATION SWITCHCONTROL UNIT(Built into thecombination switch)

BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

CARGO AREA LIGHT SWITCH

LOW BEAM CUT RELAY (Canada)

CARGO AREA LIGHT RELAY

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

TRAILER LIGHTING

BACK-UP LIGHTS DIODE(’07-08 models)

Wire colors: RED/BLK, RED/WHT,RED/WHT, BLK and BLU/WHT


Test, page 22-174

Test, page 22-174

Wire colors: BLK, BLK/WHTRED/BLK and RED/GRN

Wire colors: RED/WHT,BLU/BLK, RED/WHT, YEL/BLU


Wire colors: BLKBLK/YEL, GRN andWHT/BLK

07/05/09 16:31:37 61SJC020_220_0162

Test, page 22-75

RELAY (Optional)

Test, page 22-75

Test, page 22-75

＊９０

ＳＪＣ８ＡＫ１Ｊ３２１３３１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

USA models

22-160

Exterior Lights

Circuit Diagram

G602

BLKBLK

BLUJ8

J7WHT

WHT

YEL

*

RED/BLKH14

18

24

RED/BLK

BLK BLK

RED/BLKRED/BLK

2

1

BLK

H14J1

RED/BLK

No.5 (10 A)

No.1 (10 A)

BLK

G601

8

4

RED/BLK

G201

RED/BLK

BLK

1

22

1

G301

BLK

22

1331

D6

G1

BLK

G201

RED/BLKRED/GRNWHT/GRNWHT/YELRED/YEL

H15H6H7H8

H18

CONTROL BLOCK

G301

BLK

No.6(10 A)

No.15 (40 A)

No.4(15 A)

No.23 (IG) (50 A)


BLK/YEL

No.3(10 A)

No.22 (BAT) (120 A)BATTERY

LOW(55 W)

HIGH(60 W)

LOW(55 W)

HIGH(60 W)

LEFTFRONTSIDEMARKERLIGHT(8 W)

RIGHTFRONTSIDEMARKERLIGHT(8 W)

LEFTTAILLIGHT(5 W)

LEFTLICENSEPLATELIGHT(3 CP)

RIGHTTAILLIGHT(5 W)

RIGHTLICENSEPLATELIGHT(3 CP)

TRAILERCONVERTER

RELAYCONTROLMODULE

LEFTHEADLIGHT

RIGHTHEADLIGHT

07/05/09 16:31:38 61SJC020_220_0163

＊９０

－

－－

－

22-161

1

7

* : ’07 08 RTX models

MICU

P1

BLK

G403G501

BLK

E9

H9

G501

BLKBLK

12

WHT/RED YEL WHTBLULT GRN

3 4

5 9 10 6

6345

WHT

BLU

BRNBLURED

BLU/RED

1

2

YEL

YELP GND

D11X27X34X35

B CAN

VBU

IG

RED/BLU

YEL

N44

N38

HEADLIGHT SWITCH


A6


B4

(

( )

)OFF

LOW

HIGH

DIMMER

PASSING

SG2

SG1

No.21(7.5 A)

BLK/YEL

IGNITION SWITCH

BAT

IG1


G401

WHT

YEL

(7.5 A)No.7

DASH LIGHTSBRIGHTNESSCONTROLLER(In the gaugecontrol module)

LIGHT(LED)

07/05/09 16:31:39 61SJC020_220_0164

＊９０

ＳＪＣ８ＡＫ３Ｊ３２１３３１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

Canada models

22-162

Exterior Lights


G401

BLK

RED/GRNBLK/WHT RED/BLK

RED/BLK

H10

BLU/WHT

(10 A)No.5

RED/WHT

RED/BLK

RED/BLK

RED/WHT

RED/WHT

No.17 (40 A) C1GRN/WHT

BLUJ8

J7WHT

WHT

YEL

*

RED/BLKH14

18

24

RED/BLK

G601

BLK BLK

RED/BLK

G602G601

RED/BLK

2

1

BLK

H14J1

RED/BLK

No.1 (10 A)

BLK

G601

8

4

RED/BLK

G201

RED/BLK

BLK

1

22

1

G301

BLK

22

1331

D6

G1

BLK

G401

RED/BLK

RED/GRNWHT/GRNWHT/YELRED/YEL

H15H6H7H8

H18

CONTROL BLOCK

G301

BLK

No.6(10 A)

No.15 (40 A)

No.4(15 A)

No.23 (IG) (50 A)


BLK/YEL

No.3(10 A)

No.22 (BAT) (120 A)BATTERY

LOW(55 W)

HIGH(60 W)

LOW(55 W)

HIGH(60 W)

LEFTFRONTSIDEMARKERLIGHT(8 W)

RIGHTFRONTSIDEMARKERLIGHT(8 W)

LEFTTAILLIGHT(5 W)

LEFTLICENSEPLATELIGHT(3 CP)

RIGHTTAILLIGHT(5 W)

RIGHTLICENSEPLATELIGHT(3 CP)

TRAILERCONVERTER

RELAYCONTROLMODULE

DAYTIMERUNNINGLIGHTSRELAY

LEFTHEADLIGHT

RIGHTHEADLIGHT

LOWBEAMCUTRELAY

07/05/09 16:31:40 61SJC020_220_0165

＊９０

－

－－

－

22-163

1

7

B2

D14

No.3(10 A)

RED/WHT

GRN/WHT


MICU

P1

BLK

G403G501

BLK

E9

H9

G501

BLKBLK

12

WHT/RED YEL WHTBLULT GRN

3 4

5 9 10 6

6345

WHT

BLU

BRNBLURED

BLU/RED

1

2

YEL

YEL

P GND

D11X27X34X35

B CAN

VBU

IG

RED/BLU

YEL

N44

N38

HEADLIGHT SWITCH


A6


B4

(

( )

)OFF

LOW

HIGH

DIMMER

PASSING

SG2

SG1

No.21(7.5 A)

BLK/YEL

IGNITION SWITCH

BAT

IG1


G401

WHT

YEL

(7.5 A)No.7


LIGHT(LED)

07/05/09 16:31:41 61SJC020_220_0166

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１３１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－

－

－

－

－－

－

－

22-164

Exterior Lights

Circuit Diagram - Back-up Lights

1

2

WHT

*2 : ’07 08 models*1 : ’07 08 RTX models

GRN

WHTGRNGRNGRN

P20Q10

G1

A6

MICU


IGNITION SWITCH

BLK/YEL

•

•

WHT

G601G102G101

6

1

6

1

5

3

No.21(7.5 A)

G602

BLKBLK BLK

GRN WHT

BLK/YELIG1

BATWHT


No.23 (IG) (50 A)No.22 (BAT) (120 A)BATTERY

TRAILER BACK UPLIGHTS RELAY*(TRAILER BACK UPLIGHT CONNECTOR)

NAVIGATIONUNIT

LEFTBACK UPLIGHT(18 W)

RIGHTBACK UPLIGHT(18 W)

TRANSMISSIONRANGESWITCH(Back up light switch)(Closed : In position R)

AUTOMATICDIMMINGINSIDEMIRROR


GAUGECONTROLMODULE

BACK UPLIGHTSDIODE*

1

2

07/05/09 16:31:42 61SJC020_220_0167

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１３３０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

22-165

Circuit Diagram - Brake Lights

CONDENSER

1

2

BLK

G401

WHT/BLK

MICU•• PCM

WHT/BLK

BLK

2

1

G551

WHT/BLK

•

•

WHT/BLK

2

1

RED


WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK

D9BLK/YEL

WHT/BLK

G601 G602

8

2

8

2

BLK BLK

WHT/BLK

No.13 (20 A)BATTERY

RIGHTBRAKELIGHT(21 W)

BRAKE PEDALPOSITIONSWITCH(Closed : Pedal pressed)

TRAILERCONVERTER*TRAILERELECTRICALBRAKE*

HIGHMOUNTBRAKELIGHT(3 CPx4)

LEFTBRAKELIGHT(21 W)


07/05/09 16:31:42 61SJC020_220_0168

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１８６０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－－

22-166

Exterior Lights

Circuit Diagram - Cargo Area Lights


MICU

P1

G403

BLK

E9

BLK

G501G601

2

3

BLK

BLU/YEL

Q7

G602

BLK

Q11

BLU/ORN

2

1

RED

BLK

G401

BLU/BLK

BLK

BLK

G601

BLU/BLK

2

1

(3 CP) (3 CP)

1

2

BLU/BLK

BLK BLK

G602

BLU/BLK

2

1

(3 CP) (3 CP)

1

2

BLU/BLK

BLU/BLK

BLU/BLK

42

31

RED/BLK

GRN

P4

LIGHT(0.56 W)

P22X23

YEL/BLURED/WHT

B4B2

No.7(7.5 A)(7.5 A)

No.1

No.22 (BAT) (120 A) D6

GRN/WHT YEL

G602

BLK

C1

No.15 (40 A)


BLK/YEL

No.17 (40 A)

BATTERY

RIGHTCARGOAREALIGHT 1

No.4 (15 A) FUSE(UNDER HOODFUSE/RELAY BOX)

CARGOAREALIGHTSWITCH

CARGOAREALIGHTRELAY

RIGHTCARGOAREALIGHT 2

LEFTCARGOAREALIGHT 1

LEFTCARGOAREALIGHT 2

CARGO AREALIGHTINDICATOR(In the gaugecontrol module)


TAILGATESWITCH(Closed :Tailgateopen)

IN BEDTRUNK LIDLATCHSWITCH(Closed :Trunk lidopen)

07/05/09 16:31:43 61SJC020_220_0169

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＪＪ３２１７４１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

’07-08 RTX models

22-167

Circuit Diagram - Trailer Lights

BLK

G601G601

5

BLK BLK

8

GND GND

TRAILER LIGHTING CONNECTOR

2

WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK

5

3

10

BRN/WHT4

2

WHT/BLK BLU

1

G401

BLK

6

BLU

17

GRN/RED

G402

9

34

3

GRN/BLK

9

GRN GRN/WHT

8 3

GRN

4

YELORN

210

WHT/BLURED/GRN

26

RED/BLUBRN

1

TRAILER CONVERTER

WHT/BLKBLK/YEL

A4

A6

N20

N44

No.8 (7.5 A)

No.7 (20 A)

No.6 (20 A)

No.1 (7.5 A)

No.9 (20 A)

No.30 (7.5 A)

No.21 (7.5 A)

YEL

BLK/YEL

IGNITION SWITCH

IG1

BAT

IG2

WHTBLK/YEL

BLK

G401

WHT

4

RED/BLK

No.22 (BAT) (120 A) G1No.23 (IG) (50 A)


BLK/YEL

BATTERY


TRAILERLIGHTINGRELAY

IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III)IG2 HOT in IG2 (I) and ON (II)

UNDER DASHFUSE/RELAY BOX

AUXILIARY UNDER HOODFUSE BOX

TURN SIGNALHAZARD RELAY

TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH

TRAILERPLYOUT

TAILLIGHT

LTURN

BACKLT

TRAILERELECTRICBRAKECONNECTOR

TRAILERBACK UPLIGHTCONNECTOR

ELECBRAKE

BRAKE PEDALPOSITIONSWITCH

RTURN

07/05/09 16:31:44 61SJC020_220_0170

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０７５ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1075:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-168

Exterior Lights

DTC Troubleshooting


COMBINATION SWITCH 12P CONNECTOR

HEADLIGHTBACKUP(WHT)

Headlight SWITCH Signal Error



2. Turn the headlights switch from the OFF position tothe ON position.


Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, the headlight circuit is OKat this time. Check for loose or poor connections atunder-hood fuse/relay box connector J (10P), andat the combination switch connector.

4. With the headlight switch OFF, select LIGHTINGSYSTEM from the HDS, and enter the DATA LIST.

5. Check the ON/OFF information of the HEADLIGHTSWITCH (BACK-UP) in the DATA LIST.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 10.

6. Turn the headlight switch ON.

7. Check the ON/OFF information of the HEADLIGHTSWITCH (BACK-UP) in the DATA LIST.


Go to step 8.

8. Disconnect the under-hood fuse/relay boxconnector J (10P) and the combination switch 12Pconnector.

9. Check for continuity between the No. 7 terminal ofunder-hood fuse/relay box connector J (10P) andthe No. 4 terminal of the combination switch 12Pconnector.

Faulty combination switch control unit orrelay control module; substitute a known-goodcombination switch and retest. If the DTC is nolonger present, replace the original combinationswitch. If the DTC is still present, the relay controlmodule is faulty, replace the under-hood fuse/relaybox.

Repair an open in the WHT wire.




Is the information indicator OFF?

Is the information indicator ON?


07/05/09 16:31:44 61SJC020_220_0171

０２

－

－

YES

NO

22-169

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNETOR J (10P)

HEADLIGHT BACKUP(WHT)

10. Disconnect under-hood fuse/relay box connector J(10P).

11. Check for continuity between the No. 7 terminal ofunder-hood fuse/relay box connector J (10P) andbody ground.

Repair the short in the WHT wire.




07/05/09 16:31:44 61SJC020_220_0172

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＫ３Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０７８ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1078:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-170

Exterior Lights


UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR H (18P)

HEADLIGHT 3P CONNECTORS

WHT/GRN WHT/YEL

LEFT RIGHT

HEADLIGHT 3P CONNECTORS

BLK

LEFT RIGHT

RED/BLK

Daytime Running Lights SignalError


Before troubleshooting, check the No. 3 (10 A) andNo. 5 (10 A) fuses in the under-hood fuse/relay box, andheadlight bulbs.



3. Press the parking brake pedal.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The daytime runninglights system is OK at this time. Check for loose orpoor connections.

5. Turn the headlights (high beam) ON.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 9.

6. Turn the headlight switch OFF.

7. Select LIGHTING SYSTEM from the HDS, and enterthe DATA LIST.

8. Check the ON/OFF information of the DRLCommand in the DATA LIST.

Check the BLU/WHT wire between under-hood fuse/relay box connector H (18P) No. 10terminal and the daytime running lights relay for anopen/short. If OK, replace the daytime runninglights relay.


9. Check for continuity between the No. 3 terminal ofthe headlight 3P connectors and the No. 7 (rightheadlight) or No. 8 (left headlight) terminals of theunder-hood fuse/relay box connector H (18P).

Go to step 10.

Repair an open in the wire.

10. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal ofthe left headlight 3P connector and body ground.


Check the daytime running lights relay (leftheadlight only) (see page 22-75). If the relay is OK,repair an open in the wire or poor ground (G301 leftside or G401 right side).





Do both headlights come on?




07/05/09 16:31:45 61SJC020_220_0173

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７１３０００Ｙ１２５５ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７１３０００Ｙ１２７５ＦＡＡＴ１０

－

－

－

－

－－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1255: DTC B1275:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-17122-171

Combination Switch Control UnitLost Communication With MICU (MICUmessage)

Headlight Switch OFF PositionCircuit Malfunction





Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, MICU is OK at this time.Check for loose or poor connection at combinationswitch control unit connector (12P), and at under-dash fuse/relay box connector X (39P). If theconnections are good, check the battery condition(see page 22-74) and the charging system.


Go to MICU input test (see page 22-117).

The combination switch control unit is faulty;replace the combination switch.



2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II),and wait for 2 seconds.

3. Turn the parking (SMALL) light switch ON and waitfor 2 seconds.

4. Turn the headlight switch (LOW) ON and wait for2 seconds.

5. Change the dimmer switch position from low beamto high beam and wait for 2 seconds.


Go to step 7.Intermittent failure, the headlight switch and

the combination switch control unit are OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connections at theheadlight switch connector, and at the combinationswitch connector.

7. With the headlight switch OFF select LIGHTINGSYSTEM with the HDS, and enter DATA LIST.

8. Check the ON/OFF information of the HEADLIGHTSWITCH OFF in the DATA LIST.

Faulty combination switch control unit.Replace the combination switch.

Go to step 9.

9. Do the headlight switch test (see page 22-181).

Repair the wire between the No. 5 terminal ofthe headlight switch 6P connector and the No. 5terminal of the combination switch 12Pconnector.





Is the information indicator ON, and change toOFF when the headlight switch is put to thePARK ING and the HEADLIGHT positions?

Is the headlight switch test OK ?

07/05/09 16:31:45 61SJC020_220_0174

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７１３０００Ｙ１２７６ＦＡＡＴ１０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７１３０００Ｙ１２７８ＦＡＡＴ１０

－－

－

－

－

－

－－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1276: DTC B1278:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-17222-172

Exterior Lights


Headlight Switch Parking(SMALL) Position Circuit Malfunction

Headlight Switch ON PositionCircuit Malfunction










7. With the headlight switch in the PARKING position,select LIGHTING SYSTEM with the HDS, and enterDATA LIST.

8. Check the ON/OFF information of the HEADLIGHTSWITCH PARKING in the DATA LIST.


Go to step 9.



Replace the headlight switch.










7. With the headlight switch in the HEADLIGHTposition, select LIGHTING SYSTEM with the HDS,and enter DATA LIST.

8. Check the ON/OFF information of the HEADLIGHTSWITCH ON in the DATA LIST.


Go to step 9.



Replace the headlight switch.


Is the information indicator ON, and change toOFF when the headlight switch is put to the OFFand the HEADLIGHT positions?



Is the information indicator ON, and change toOFF when the headlight switch is put to the OFFand the PARK ING positions?


07/05/09 16:31:45 61SJC020_220_0175

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７１３０００Ｙ１２７９ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７１３０００Ｙ１２８０ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

DTC B1279: DTC B1280:

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-17322-173

Headlight Switch DIMMERPosition Circuit Malfunction

Turn Signal Switch CircuitMalfunction



2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and then back ON (II),then turn the headlight switch ON.

3. Change the dimmer switch from low beam to highbeam and wait for 2 seconds.

4. Pull and hold the dimmer switch lever and keep thepassing switch position for more than 2 seconds.


Faulty combination switch control unit,replace the combination switch.

Intermittent failure, the combination switchcontrol unit is OK at this time. Check for loose orpoor connections at the combination switchconnector.




3. Turn the turn signal switch to the left turn positionand wait for 2 seconds.

4. Turn the turn signal switch to the right turn positionand wait for 2 seconds.


Faulty combination switch control unit,replace the combination switch.

Intermittent failure, the combination switchcontrol unit is OK at this time. Check for loose orpoor connections at the combination switchconnector.

Is DTC B1279 indicated?Is DTC B1280 indicated?

07/05/09 16:31:45 61SJC020_220_0176

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１３３１４８０５ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１８６１６１５０ＦＥＡＴ００

22-17422-174

Exterior Lights

Brake Pedal Position Switch Test Cargo Area Light Switch Test

A

B

B

A

Not used

Terminal

Position1 2 3 4

OFF

ON

1. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the brakepedal position switch (B).

2. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2terminals.

• There should be continuity when the brake pedalis pressed.

• There should be no continuity when the brakepedal is released.


• There should be no continuity when the brakepedal is pressed.

• There should be continuity when the brake pedalis released.

4. If necessary, adjust or replace the switch, or adjustthe pedal height (see page 19-6).

1. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see page20-83).

2. Push the cargo area light switch (A) from behindthe dashboard lower panel.


4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb(B) or the cargo area light switch.

07/05/09 16:31:46 61SJC020_220_0177

０１

０１

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１３３１３１１３１ＭＢＡＴ００

22-175

Headlight Adjustment

A

A

25 ft (7.5 m)

A

B

A

Headlights become very hot during use; do nottouch them or any attaching hardware immediatelyafter they have been turned off.

Before adjusting the headlights:

• Park the vehicle on a level surface.• Make sure the tire pressures are correct.• The driver or someone who weighs the same should

sit in the driver’s seat.

1. Clean the outer lens so that you can see the center(A) of the headlights.

2. Park the vehicle in front of a wall or a screen (A).

3. Turn the low beams on.

4. Determine if the headlights are aimed properly.

Vertical adjustment:Measure the height of the headlights (A). The lightsshould reflect 2.1 in (52 mm.) below headlightheight (B).

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:31:47 61SJC020_220_0178

０４０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１３３１３１１３１ＫＢＡＴ００

22-17622-176

Exterior Lights

Headlight Adjustment (cont’d) Headlight Replacement

A

D

B

C

B

5. If necessary, open the hood and adjust theheadlights to local requirements by turning thevertical adjuster.

1. Remove the front bumper (see page 20-132).

2. Remove the corner cover (A).

3. Remove the connectors (B) from the headlightassembly (C).

4. Remove the five mounting bolts and clip, thenremove the headlight.

5. Remove the bolt and the corner upper beam (D)from the headlight.

6. Install the headlight in the reverse order of removal.

7. After replacement, adjust the headlight to localrequirement.

07/05/09 16:31:47 61SJC020_220_0179

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１７３６１４８８１ＫＢＡＴ００

Headlight Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Lights

Headlight (high/low): 60/55 W

Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Lights: 28/8 W

22-177

Bulb Replacement

A

B

A

B

1. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the headlight.

2. Turn the bulb socket (B) 45 ° counterclockwise toremove the bulb.

3. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal.

1. Remove the inner fender (see page 20-178).

2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the front turnsignal/side marker light.

3. Turn the bulb socket (B) 45 ° counterclockwise toremove the bulb.

4. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal.

07/05/09 16:31:47 61SJC020_220_0180

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１７３１５９１２１ＫＢＡＴ００

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１０００３７３０１ＫＢＡＴ２０

Brake/Taillight: 21/5 W

Turn signal Light: 21 W

Back-up Light: 18 W

License Plate Light: 3 CP x 2

22-17822-178

Exterior Lights

Taillight Replacement License Plate Light Replacement

A

B C C

AB

C

1. Open the tailgate.

2. Remove the two bolts from the taillight (A).

3. Carefully pull out the taillight, and disconnect theconnector (B) from the taillight.

4. Turn the bulb sockets (C) 45 ° counterclockwise toremove the bulb.

5. Install the taillight in the reverse order of removal.

1. Remove the license plate light (A), and disconnectthe 2P connector (B) from the light.

2. Turn the bulb socket (C) 45 ° counterclockwise toremove the bulb.

3. Install the light in the reverse order of removal.

07/05/09 16:32:30 61SJC020_220_0181

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１３３３１６０１ＫＢＡＴ００

High Mount Brake Light: 3 CP x 4

22-179

High Mount Brake Light Replacement

AB

1. Remove the covers (A) and screws from the highmount brake light (B).

2. Install the light in order reverse of removal.

07/05/09 16:32:30 61SJC020_220_0182

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１８６１６１５１ＫＢＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１８６３５２４５ＦＥＡＴ００

Cargo Area Light: 3 CP

Cargo Area Light 1

Cargo Area Light 2

22-18022-180

Exterior Lights

Cargo Area Light Replacement In-Bed Trunk Lid Latch Switch Test

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

1. Remove the screw and cargo area light (A).

2. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the light.

3. Turn the bulb socket (C) 45 ° counterclockwise toremove the bulb.


1. Open the in-bed trunk lid.

2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the in-bedtrunk lid latch switch (B).


• There should be continuity with the in-bed trunklid latch unlatched (trunk open).

• There should be no continuity with the in-bedtrunk lid latch latched (trunk closed).

4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace thein-bed trunk lid latch switch.

07/05/09 16:32:31 61SJC020_220_0183

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１３３１３１１２３ＦＨＡＴ００

22-181

Headlight Switch Test/Replacement

A

Terminal

Position1 2 3 4 5 6

OFF

1. Remove the instrument panel (see page 20-81).

2. Remove the screws, then remove the headlight switch (A).

3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.

• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.• If the terminals are OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the

tables.– If continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.

07/05/09 16:32:31 61SJC020_220_0184

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１１８６５８５７１ＦＨＡＴ００

Test/Replacement

Adjustment

22-182

Exterior Lights

Tailgate Switch Test/Replacement/Adjustment

B

C

D

A5.4 N·m(0.54 kgf·m)

1. Open the tailgate in swing mode.

2. Remove the tailgate mounting screws (A), and pull-out the tailgate switch (B).

3. Disconnect the tailgate switch 2P connector (C). Remove the switch and note the number of adjustment shims (D).

NOTE: The maximum number of shims allowed is 4.

4. Check continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the connector. There should be continuity when thetailgate is opened.

5. Install the new tailgate switch in reverse order of removal with the original mounting screws, and the samenumber of shims removed, and then check the adjustment.

1. Fully close the tailgate switch mode to see if the cargo area lights go off. If the lights stay on, remove the switchand add a shim, then go to step 2. If the lights go off, go to step 2.

NOTE: The maximum number of shims allowed is 4.

2. Open the tailgate in swing mode.

3. Close the tailgate, but do not latch it.

4. Release the tailgate, it should push open a little and the cargo area lights should come on. If the lights do notcome on, remove a shim and retest.

5. Fully close the tailgate, and open it in down mode. The cargo area lights should not come on or flicker.

6. With the tailgate in down mode, push down on the tailgate. The cargo area lights should not come on or flicker.

7. Lift up on the tailgate slightly and let it drop or bounce. The cargo area lights should not come on or flicker.

8. If the cargo area lights flickered or came on in steps 5 through 7, add a shim and retest.

9. Once the adjustment is completed, remove and discard the original mounting screws one at a time, and replacethem with new screws. Tighten the screws to the specified torque.

07/05/09 16:32:32 61SJC020_220_0185

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２０１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－－

22-183


Circuit Diagram

DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER

63

YEL LT BLU BLU/BLK BLU/WHT RED/BLKBLK

G402G401

RED RED/BLU

C1C20

YEL

A6

B4

G1

D6BLK/YEL

C10 A5

X35N44

YEL

5

LCD DISPLAY

RED

1

BLK

A10 A4

24

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE A19A20

A3

No.21 (7.5 A)

No.7 (7.5 A)

WHT/RED

No.15 (40 A)No.22 (BAT) (120 A)

YEL

WHTIG1

BATBLK/YEL

YEL

No.23 (IG) (50 A)


BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH


POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT/CONTROLLERAREA NETWORK CONTROLLER

IG1 HOT in ON (II) andSTART (III)

CANCELSWITCH

DASHLIGHTS(LED)

DASHLIGHTS(BULB)


LIGHT(0.56 W)



CANCELSWITCH

1

1

07/05/09 16:32:32 61SJC020_220_0186

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２０１１９２０１ＦＥＡＴ００

22-184


Controller Test

A

B


2. Remove the switch (A) from the instrument fascia.

3. Measure the resistance between the No. 4 andNo. 5 terminals while rotating the adjusting dial.The resistance should vary from 0 to 20 k as thedial is rotated.

4. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 6terminals with the dial rotated to CANCEL position.There should be no continuity.

5. If necessary, check the illumination bulb (B).

07/05/09 16:32:33 61SJC020_220_0187

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１７３６０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-185



TURN SIGNAL SWITCH (Built into the combination switch)

TURN SIGNALINDICATORS

HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT(Built into the combination switch)







07/05/09 16:32:34 61SJC020_220_0188

＊９０

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１７３６０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

22-186


Circuit Diagram

COMBINATION SWITCH

BLK

G401

12

LEFT RIGHT

X27

X34

X35

317

WHT/RED YEL LT GRN


H9P1

G403

BLK

2

3

1

546

No.7 (7.5 A)

No.21 (7.5 A)

MICU P28GRN/RED

WHT/BLKD17

B4

A6

E3

D6

G1


YEL

BLK/YEL

No.15 (40 A)

N45

BLK

G501

BLK/YEL

IGNITION SWITCH

IG1

BAT

WHT/BLK

WHT

No.16 (15 A)

BATTERYNo.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A)



TURNSIGNALSWITCH


07/05/09 16:32:34 61SJC020_220_0189

＊９０

－－

－

－

22-187

*2 : ’07 08 models*3 : ’07 08 RTX models

*1 : ’06 model

5*

1*RED/BLK

RED

6*

2* 4

3

WHT/BLK

GRN/RED


•

BRNBRN

G201

BLK

3

2 7

3

BLK

G602

BRN

F10D9N27N33

RED/BLU

G301

BLK

RED/BLU

3

2

D4F6

7

3

RED/BLU

BLK

G601

•


REAR(21 W)

HAZARDWARNINGSWITCH

TURN SIGNALINDICATOR(In the gaugecontrol module)

FRONT(28 W)

REAR(21 W)

FRONT(28 W)

TRAILERCONVERTER*

LIGHT(0.84 W)*(0.56 W)*



LEFT TURNSIGNAL LIGHT

RIGHT TURNSIGNAL LIGHT

2

1

2

1

3

1

2

07/05/09 16:32:35 61SJC020_220_0190

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１７３６６０７３１ＦＣＡＴ００

22-188


Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test

2

3

4

5

1

6

A

B

1. Remove the turn signal/hazard relay (A) from the under-dash fuse/relay box (B).

2. Inspect the relay and fuse/relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.

• If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.• If the terminals look OK, go to step 3.

07/05/09 16:32:35 61SJC020_220_0191

Cavity Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained

22-189

3. Make these input tests at the fuse/relay box.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the turn signal/hazard relay must be faulty; replace it.

•

••••••••

•••

••••••

••

••••

6 Under allconditions


Blown No. 16 (15 A) fuse in the under-hoodfuse/relay boxFaulty under-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire


Check for continuity to ground:There should be continuity.

Poor ground (G501)Faulty under-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

2 Connect theNo. 6 terminal tothe No. 2terminal with ajumper wire.

Check the turn signal lightsoperation:The left turn signal lights andindicator should come on.

Blown bulbPoor ground (G601, G301)An open in the wire

3 Connect theNo. 6 terminal tothe No. 3terminal with ajumper wire.

Check the turn signal lightsoperation:The right turn signal lights andindicator should come on.

Blown bulbPoor ground (G201, G602)An open in the wire

4 Ignition switchON (II) and turnsignal switch inLeft position.

Check for voltage to ground:There should be about 10 V.

Poor ground (G501)Faulty turn signal switchFaulty under-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wireFaulty combination switch control unitFaulty MICU

5 Ignition switchON (II) and turnsignal switch inRight position.


4 Hazard warningswitch ON


Poor ground (G501)Blown No. 16 (15 A) fuse in the under-hoodfuse/relay boxFaulty under-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty hazard warning switchAn open in the wireFaulty MICU

5

: Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).

07/05/09 16:32:35 61SJC020_220_0192

０１

０２

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１７３６３１００１ＦＨＡＴ００

’06 model

’07-08 models

22-190


Hazard Warning Switch Test/Replacement

A

B

AB

Terminal

Position

OFF

ON

1 2 3 4

’06 model

Terminal

Position

OFF

ON

3 4 6

’07-08 models

5

1. Remove the audio unit (see page 23-57).

2. Remove the switch (A) from the center pocket.


4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb(B) or the switch.

07/05/09 16:32:36 61SJC020_220_0193

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-191

Interior Lights


GLOVE BOX LIGHT

INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH

PASSENGER’SVANITY MIRROR LIGHT

FRONT INDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHTS(With HomeLink Remote Control)

AMBIENT LIGHT

DRIVER’S VANITY MIRROR LIGHT (’07-08 models)

CEILING LIGHT

FRONT PASSENGER’S DOORCOURTESY LIGHT

RIGHT REAR DOOR COURTESY LIGHT

LEFT REAR DOOR COURTESY LIGHT

CONSOLE BOX LIGHT 1

CONSOLE BOX LIGHT 2


RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH

FRONT INDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHTS(Without HomeLink Remote Control)

LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH

DRIVER’S DOOR COURTESY LIGHT

DRIVER’S DOOR SWITCH

Test/Replacement,page 22-198

Test/Replacement,page 22-198













07/05/09 16:32:39 61SJC020_220_0194

＊９０

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－－

22-192

Interior Lights

Circuit Diagram

B4D6

OPEN

CLOSE

(3.4 W)

G402

BLK

1

2

RED/BLK

(1.4 W)

RED

RED/BLK

2

1

MICU

DOOR

OFF

1

RED/BLU

RED/BLK

4

3

GRN/RED

1

ONOFFON OFF

W1

BLK/YEL

GRN/REDGRN/RED

1

2

(3.8 W)

WHT/BLU WHT/BLU

(5 W) (5 W)

WHT

3 1

2

2

1 5

RED/BLK WHT

RED BLKBLU/RED

GRN/RED

(0.84 W)LIGHT

ON

DOOR

OFF

WHT/BLU

YEL

No.15 (40 A)

ON

BATTERY

WHT/BLU

No.6(10 A)

G402


No.22 (BAT) (120 A)

3

4 6

CONSOLEBOXLIGHT1

CEILINGLIGHT





FRONNT INDIVIDUALMAP LIGHTS

LEFT(8 W)

RIGHT(8 W)


AMBIENTLIGHT




CONSOLEBOXLIGHT2


GLOVEBOXLIGHT

1

07/05/09 16:32:40 61SJC020_220_0195

＊９０

－

－

22-193

1111

(’07 08 models)

WHT/BLUWHT/BLU

OPEN

CLOSE

(2 W)

G401

BLK

2

11

2

BLK

G401

(2 W)

CLOSE

OPEN

WHT/BLU

W4

BLU/RED

J2

P30 Q1 Q8

H13E14H12E15

MICU

YEL/RED

(3.8 W)

GRN/WHT

1

2

WHT/BLUWHT/BLU

2

1

GRN/YEL

(3.8 W)

LT BLU

WHT/BLU

2

1

LT GRN/RED

(3.8 W)

YEL/GRNYEL/BLU

(3.8 W)

GRN

1

2

WHT/BLU


DRIVER’SDOORCOURTESYLIGHT

FRONTPASSENGER’SDOORCOURTESYLIGHT


LEFTREARDOORCOURTESYLIGHT



RIGHTREARDOORCOURTESYLIGHT


INTERIORLIGHTS SWITCH

DRIVER’SVANITYMIRRORLIGHT

PASSENGER’SVANITYMIRRORLIGHT

1

07/05/09 16:32:41 61SJC020_220_0196

０１０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３５０５３９８５１ＫＢＡＴ１０

With HomeLink Remote Control System Without HomeLink Remote Control System

Front Map Light: 8 W x 2 Front Map Light: 8 W x 2

22-194

Interior Lights

Front Individual Map Light Replacement

A

D

E

B

C

A

B

C

1. Carefully pry off the lens (A) with a smallscrewdriver.

2. Remove the two mounting screws.

3. Disconnect the 3P connector (B) from the housing(C).

4. Disconnect the 10P connector (D) from the ambientlight (E).






07/05/09 16:32:42 61SJC020_220_0197

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３０００１２９３２ＫＢＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２３３１６３０１ＫＢＡＴ００

With HomeLink Remote Control System

Ceiling Light: 5 W x 2

22-19522-195

Ambient Light Replacement Ceiling Light Replacement

A

D

B

C

D

A

B

C

1. Remove the front individual map light (see page22-194).

2.

3. Carefully pry off the ambient light assembly (B)from the map light housing (C) while pressing in onthe retaining tabs (D).

4. Install in the reverse order removal.

1. Turn the light switch OFF.




5. Install in the reverse order of removal.

07/05/09 16:32:42 61SJC020_220_0198

Disconnect the 10P connector (A) from the roofconsole.

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３０００１７２２１ＫＢＡＴ００

Console Box Light 1 Console Box Light 2

Center Console Light 1: 3.8 W

Console Box Light 2: 1.4 W

22-196

Interior Lights

Console Box Light Replacement

A

B

A

B

C


2. Remove the bulb (B) from the socket.

1. Remove the center console (see page 20-76).

2. Carefully pry the console box light out of the centerconsole.

3. Twist the socket (A) to remove it from the consolebox light (B).

4. Remove the bulb (C) from the socket.


07/05/09 16:32:43 61SJC020_220_0199

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３０００６３１０１ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２０５２０１０１ＫＢＡＴ００

Vanity mirror light: 2 W

Front Door Courtesy light: 3.8 W

Rear Door Courtesy light: 3.8 W

22-19722-197

Vanity Mirror Light Test Courtesy Light Replacement

A

B

C

A

B

A

B

1. Open the sunvisor.

2. Remove the sunvisor (see page 20-70).

3. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the vanitymirror light.


• With the vanity mirror cover (B) opened, thereshould be continuity.

• With the vanity mirror cover closed, there shouldbe no continuity.

5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb(C) or the sunvisor.


2. Remove the bulb (B) from the socket.

07/05/09 16:32:43 61SJC020_220_0200

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３０００３０１１１ＦＨＡＴ００

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３０００３５０６１ＦＨＡＴ００

Glove Box Light: 3.4 W

22-19822-198

Interior Lights

Glove Box Light Test/Replacement Interior Light Switch Test/Replacement

A

D

B

C

A

B

Terminal

Position

OFF

MIDDLE

ON

2 51 3 4 6

1. Remove the glove box (see page 20-85).

2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the glove boxlight (B).


• With the button (C) released, there should becontinuity.

• With the button (C) pressed, there should be nocontinuity.

4. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulb(D). If the bulb is OK, replace the light.


2. Push out the interior light switch (A) from behindthe dashboard lower cover.


4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb(B) or the interior light switch.

07/05/09 16:32:44 61SJC020_220_0201

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２３３０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-199





CEILING LIGHT

FRONT INDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHTS(With HomeLink Remote Control)

IGNITION KEY SWITCH

IGNITION KEY LIGHT

MICU(Built into the under-dash fuse/relay box)

DOOR MULTIPLEXCONTROL UNIT(Built in thepower windowmaster switch)

LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCHDRIVER’S DOOR SWITCH

DRIVER’S DOORKEY CYLINDER SWITCH

FRONT INDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHTS(Without HomeLink Remote control)

CONSOLE BOX LIGHT 1



Test, page 22-204

Test, page 22-204


Input Test,page 22-201

Test, page 22-148



07/05/09 16:32:46 61SJC020_220_0202

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２３３０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

－－

－－

22-200


Circuit Diagram

1111

LT GRN/RED GRN/YEL

H12 E14

BLU/RED

W4

BLK/YEL

BATTERYNo.22 (BAT) (120 A)


No.15(40 A)

No.23 (IG) (50 A)

WHT

IGNITION SWITCH

IG1

BAT

WHT/BLK

5

6

P7

E15

GRN

G401

1

2

MICU


WHT/RED

(7.5 A)No.7 No.21

(7.5 A)

YEL

BLK/YEL

BLK

E9

G501 G403

P1

BLK RED/WHT

P13

H13

BLK

B CAN B CAN

BRN/BLK

J4 16 7

WHT/BLK

YEL/RED

22 8

WHT/RED

WHT

21

LOCK LOCK

BLK BLK

BLK

G401


GRN/WHT

1 2 1 3

23

X35B4 A6

G1

D6


DRIVER’SDOOR LOCKKNOBSWITCH

UNLOCK

UNLOCK


KEYLESSTRANSMITTER

KEYLESSRECEIVERANTENNA

DOOR MULTIPLEXCONTROL UNIT




FRONTPASENGER’SDOORCOURTESYLIGHT

IGNITIONKEY LIGHT(LED)



RIGHTREAR DOORSWITCH(Closed :Door open)

LEFTREAR DOORSWITCH(Closed :Door open)


07/05/09 16:32:47 61SJC020_220_0203

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２３３４１９５１ＦＣＡＴ００

Multiplex Integrated Control Unit

22-201


UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR H (14P)

GRN/WHTLT GRN/RED

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR P (30P)

RED/WHTWHT/BLK

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR E (16P)

GRNGRN/YELBLK

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR W (5P)

BLU/RED

BLK

NOTE: Make sure the ignition switch is OFF before disconnecting the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors.

1. Before testing the entry light control functions, troubleshoot the multiplex integrated control system using B-CANSystem Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).

2. Remove the left front door fill trim and left kick panel (see page 20-60).



4. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.


(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:32:48 61SJC020_220_0204



22-202



5. With the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors still disconnected, make these input tests at the appropriate connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, the recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 6.

•

•••

•••

P7 WHT/BLK Under all conditions Attach to ground:Ignition key light should come on.

Blown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty ignition key light (LED)An open in the wire

W4 BLU/RED Interior light switch inmiddle (DOOR)position

Attach to ground:Front and rear map light(s) shouldcome on.

Blown No. 6 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay boxBlown bulbFaulty map lightAn open in the wire

6. Reconnect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and make these input tests at the appropriateconnectors on the under-dash fuse/relay box.


•••••••••••••••••••••••••

P1 BLK Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 0.5 V.


E9 BLK Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 0.5 V.


E15 GRN Driver’s door open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.


Driver’s door closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.


H12 LT GRN/RED Front passenger’s dooropen


Faulty front passenger’s door switchAn open in the wire

Front passenger’s doorclosed


Faulty front passenger’s door switchShort to ground

E14 GRN/YEL Left rear door open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.


Left rear door closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.


H13 GRN/WHT Right rear door open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.


Right rear door closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.


P13 RED/WHT Ignition key insertedinto the ignition switch


Poor ground (G401)Faulty ignition key switchAn open in the wire

Ignition switch OFF andthe ignition keyremoved from theignition switch



07/05/09 16:32:48 61SJC020_220_0205

０２



22-203

WHT/BLK

YEL/REDWHT

DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT 23P CONNECTOR

WHT/RED



9. Disconnect the 23P connector from the door multiplex control unit.



11. Reconnect the connector to the door multiplex control unit. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and make these input tests at the appropriateconnector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the MICU must be faulty; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.

•••••••••••••••

•••••

7 WHT/BLK Driver’s door lock knobswitch in UNLOCK


Poor ground (G401)Faulty driver’s door lock knob switchAn open in the wire

Driver’s door lock knobswitch in LOCK


Faulty driver’s door lock knob switchShort to ground

22 YEL/RED Driver’s door lock knobswitch in LOCK


Poor ground (G401)Faulty driver’s door lock knob switchAn open in the wire

Driver’s door lock knobswitch in UNLOCK


Faulty driver’s door lock knob switchShort to ground

8 WHT/RED Driver’s door keycylinder switch in LOCK


Faulty driver’s door key cylinder switchPoor ground (G401)An open in the wire

Driver’s door keycylinder switch inneutral


Short to groundFaulty driver’s door key cylinder switch

Driver’s door keycylinder switch inUNLOCK


21 WHT Driver’s door keycylinder switch inUNLOCK



Driver’s door keycylinder switch inneutral



Driver’s door keycylinder switch in LOCK



07/05/09 16:32:48 61SJC020_220_0206

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２３３３４３１１ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２３２３３３４３０１ＦＥＡＴ００

22-20422-204


Ignition Key Switch Test Ignition Key Light Test

1. Remove the steering column upper and lowercovers (see page 17-24).

2. Disconnect the 6P connector.


• There should be continuity with the key in theignition switch.

• There should be no continuity with the keyremoved.

4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace theignition switch.

1. Remove the steering column upper and lowercovers (see page 17-24).

2. Disconnect the 6P connector.

3. The LED should come on when power is connectedto the No. 6 terminal and ground is connected toNo. 5 terminal.

4. If the LED does not come on, replace the ignitionswitch.

07/05/09 16:32:48 61SJC020_220_0207

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６６３３３０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

＋

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６６３３３０００００ＦＥＡＴ００

－

－

22-20522-205


Circuit Diagram Test

WHT/BLU

WHT/BLU

LIGHT(LED)

No.6 (10 A)

D6

No.22 (BAT) (120 A)

BLK/YEL

B4

W1

WHT/BLU


No.15 (40 A)BATTERY

5

6

G401

BLK

YEL


HOMELINKUNIT

FRONTINDIVIDUALMAP LIGHT

R

C

A

B

1.

• If the red indicator come on, go to step 3.• If the red indicator does not come on, go to step

2.

2. Measure voltage between the No. 6 ( ) and No. 5

There should be battery voltage.

• If the voltage is not as specified, check for theseproblems:– A blown No. 6 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash

fuse/relay box.– A faulty under-dash fuse/relay box.– An open in the WHT/BLU wire between the

• If the voltage is specified, go to step 3.

3. Make sure the Genie remote transmitter (testremote) has fresh batteries.

4. Clear any previously learned codes by pressing andholding the two outside buttons (A) on theHomeLink unit (B) for about 20 seconds. When the

the buttons.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:32:49 61SJC020_220_0208

ROOF CONSOLE

If the HomeLink will not open the customer's garage,do the following procedures.

Press any of the buttons on the HomeLink unit.

(－) terminals of the roof console 10P connector.

under-dash fuse/relay box and roof console.– An open in the BLK wire between the roof

console and G401.

red indicator (C) on the unit starts blinking, release

＊０２

22-206


Test (cont’d)

CD

B

A

4 INCHES

5. Point the test remote transmitter (A) straight upexactly 101.6 mm (4.0 in.) away from the HomeLinkunit (B).

6.

7. Wait about 20 seconds while watching the redindicator (D) on the HomeLink unit.

•

•

07/05/09 16:32:49 61SJC020_220_0209

Press and hold the button on the test remotetransmitter and one of the buttons (C) on theHomeLink unit at the same time.

owner’s

If the red indicator starts out blinking slowly andthen blinks faster, the unit is OK. Release thebuttons, then clear the learned code (see step 1).Explain to the customer that garage door remotetransmitters come in two types: fixed code androlling code. Each type has its own programmingmethod, and each method is covered in themanual. If the customer has concerns aboutthe HomeLink unit, have the customer contact theHomeLink the assistance desk at 1-800-355-3515.On the internet, go to www.homelink.com.If the red indicator does not blink, replace theHomeLink unit (see page 22-195).

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-207

Power Windows


BACK POWER WINDOW MOTOR

RIGHT REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR

RIGHT REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH

FRONT PASSENGER’S POWER WINDOW MOTOR

FRONT PASSENGER’S POWER WINDOW SWITCH

DRIVER’S DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH

LEFT REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH

POWER WINDOW RELAY

BACK POWER WINDOW SWITCH


BACK POWER WINDOWPOSITION SWITCH

DRIVER’S POWER WINDOW MOTOR

LEFT REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR


Test, page 22-223

Test, page 22-221


Test, page 22-221


Test, page 22-148


Test, page 22-75


Input Test, page 22-217Replacement, page 22-221

Test, page 22-224

Test, page 22-220

Test, page 22-221

07/05/09 16:32:53 61SJC020_220_0210

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６０００００ＣＡＡＴ００

Auto Reverse Operation

Key Cylinder Operation

Keyless Operation

22-208

Power Windows

System Description

HALL IC UNIT

MAGNET

POWER WINDOW MOTOR

POWER WINDOW MASTERSWITCH

MAGNET

IC

IC

N S

Period ofpulses

Period ofpulses

Position when obstacleis pinched

Threshold value forjudgment of obstacle

Period ofpulses

HALL IC UNIT

HALL IC UNIT

The system is composed of the power window master switch and the driver’s power window motor.

The driver’s power window motor incorporates a pulser which generates pulses during the motor’s operation andsends the pulses to the driver’s power window control unit. As soon as the power window control unit detects nopulses from the pulser, the driver’s power window control unit makes the power window motor stop and reverse. Ifthe window is more than halfway closed, it will reverse to half open position. If the window is less than halfway closed,it will stop and reverse about 2 inches. This is to prevent pinching an obstacle during auto-up operation. The autoreverse operation is not active when the switch is held in the up position.

With the key inserted in the driver’s door key cylinder, turn the key in either direction and release it, turn it a secondtime and hold it within 10 seconds to operate the windows (clockwise to open, counterclockwise to close). Thewindows stop moving when the key is released. The auto reverse operation is not active when closing the windowswith the key cylinder. The key cylinder switch operation is not active until the key is removed from the ignition and thedriver’s door is opened. Opening the driver’s cancels the key off timer.

By pressing the UNLOCK button of the keyless transmitter a second time and hold within 10 seconds, the windowsopen. The windows stop moving when the UNLOCK button is released. The windows do not close with the LOCKbutton. The keyless window operation with the remotes will not work until the key has been removed from the ignition,and the driver’s door has been opened. This cancels the key off timer.

07/05/09 16:33:49 61SJC020_220_0211

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１２３ＬＢＡＴ００

Using the HDS

22-209

Resetting the Power Window Control Unit

Resetting the driver’s power window is required when any of the following have occurred:

•••

••

Power window regulator replacement or repairPower window motor replacement or repairWindow run channel replacement or repair

Driver’s door glass replacement or repairPower is removed from a power window control unit while thepower window timer is ON.

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC.

2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then enter the mileage at the prompts.

3. Select ‘‘BODY ELECTRICAL’’ from the ‘‘System Selection menu.’’

4. From the ‘‘BODY ELECTRICAL’’ System Select menu, select ‘‘Power Windows’’.

5. From the ‘‘Mode menu’’, select ‘‘Adjustments’’.

6. From the ‘‘Adjustment’’ menu, select ‘‘Window P Reset’’ for driver’s side window.

7. Follow the prompts on the screen.

8. Confirm that the power window control unit is reset by using the driver’s power window AUTO UP and AUTODOWN function.

(cont’d)

07/05/09 16:33:49 61SJC020_220_0212

－

－

０１

Without the HDS

22-210

Power Windows

Resetting the Power Window Control Unit (cont’d)

OPEN

CLOSED

ON(II)

OFF

OFF

ON

Driver’sDoor

IgnitionSwitch

Driver’sWindow DownSwitch

T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1

T1=Less than 5 seconds

Power windowmemory cleared.


2. Move the driver’s power window all the way down by using the driver’s power window DOWN switch.

3. Open the driver’s door.

NOTE: Steps 4 7 must be done within 5 seconds of each other.


5. Push and hold the driver’s power window DOWN switch.


7. Release the driver’s power window DOWN switch.

8. Repeat step 4 7 three more times.

9. Wait 1 second.

10. Confirm that AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN do not work. If AUTO UP and DOWN work, go back to step 1.

11. Move the driver’s power window all the way down by using the driver’s power window DOWN switch.

12. Pull up and hold the driver’s power window UP switch until the window reaches the fully closed position, thencontinue to hold the switch for 1 second.

13. Confirm that the power window control unit is reset by using the driver’s power window AUTO UP and AUTODOWN function.

If the window still does not work in AUTO, repeat the procedure several times, paying close attention to the5 second time limit between steps. If it still does not work, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page22-99).

07/05/09 16:33:49 61SJC020_220_0213

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６０００００ＥＡＡＴ０１

－－

Back Power Window

22-211

Circuit Diagram

K4B5 No.27 (20 A)G2WHT/REDBLK/YEL



No.23 (P/W) (50 A)

BLU

BLU/ORN

BACK POWER WINDOW SWITCH

634

G601

BLK

1

2

OPEN

5

BLK BLU/WHT BLU/RED

36

CLOSE

G501

LIGHT(LED)

BACKPOWERWINDOWPOSITIONSWITCH(Closed :Window opened)

GAUGE CONTROLMODULE(For back powerwindow open indicator)

BACK POWERWINDOW MOTOR


07/05/09 16:33:50 61SJC020_220_0214

＊９０

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

22-212

Power Windows


B5

B4

A6

G2

D6

G1

DRIVER’S

2

5

3

6

4

1

BLK

G401 G401

17

ORN

PLSBSGND

BLK

2

PLSA

BLU

4

SVCC

RED/WHT

611

RED/YEL

RED/BLK

23



UPDOWN

DOWNUP

PULSER

J8

WHT/GRN

X14

GRN/WHT

10 3

No.28(20 A)

UNLOCK LOCK

2

G401

BLK

LOCKUNLOCK

1 3

8

WHT/RED

WHT

21

No.7 (7.5 A)

No.21 (7.5 A)

WHT/RED

No.23 (IG) (50 A)

BLK/YEL

IGNITION SWITCH

IG1

BAT

YEL

WHT

No.15 (40 A)


No.23 (P/W) (50 A)


BLK/YEL

1520

YEL

J9

WHT/RED

K5

(20 A)No.26

GRN/BLK

N12

LIGHT (LED)

DOWN UP


BLU/RED

189

BLU/WHT

No.26 (20 A) FUSE

43

BLKRED/BLURED

3 6

9108

DOWN UP

G402

GRN/BLK

6

FRONT PASSENGER’SPOWER WINDOWSWITCH

LIGHT(LED)

FRONT PASSENGER’SPOWER WINDOW MOTOR

FRONTPASSENGER’SSWITCH

KEYLESSRECEIVERANTENNA


DOORLOCKKNOB

LIGHT(LED) DOWN

(AUTO)UP(AUTO)

DRIVER’S POWERWINDOW MOTOR

POWERWINDOWRELAY


KEY

TRANSMITTER 1

1

07/05/09 16:33:51 61SJC020_220_0215

＊９０

－

－

－

22-213

B CAN

B CAN


MICU

5

E1 H11 J4

DOWN UP


(20 A)No.25

YEL/BLU

LIGHT (LED)

UPDOWN

LIGHT (LED)

1

BLK

G501

YEL/RED

12

BLKRED/WHT

4 1

43

DOWN UP

G501

BRN/YEL BLU/ORN

No.25 (20 A) FUSE

YEL/BLU

5

BLU/BLK

6

1214

BRN/BLK

16

G501

YEL/RED

No.24(20 A)


UPDOWN

6 3 4

63

BLU BLU/YEL BLK

2 1

No.24 (20 A) FUSE

BRN

19 13

BRN/WHT


RIGHTREAR

MAINSWITCH

LIGHT(LED)

LIGHT(LED)

LEFT REARPOWER WINDOW MOTOR

RIGHT REARPOWER WINDOW MOTOR

LEFTREAR

RIGHT REARPOWER WINDOWSWITCH

LEFT REARPOWER WINDOWSWITCH

3

3

2

2

07/05/09 16:33:52 61SJC020_220_0216

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１２５ＦＡＡＴ１０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1125:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-214

Power Windows

DTC Troubleshooting

POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH 23P CONNECTOR

DRIVER’S POWER WINDOW MOTOR 6P CONNECTOR

(SVCC) RED/WHT

(PLSB) ORN

(PLSA) BLU


(SVCC) RED/WHT

(PLSB) ORN

(PLSA) BLU

Driver’s Power Window Motor APulse Error



2. Open and close the driver’s power window byusing the driver’s switch manually.

3. Select the POWER WINDOWS from the BODYELECTRICAL SYSTEM SELECT menu and enterDATA LIST.

4. While the window is moving, check the DETECT/NONE information of the DRIVER’S POWERWINDOW MOTOR PULSE A in the DATA LIST.

Faulty door multiplex control unit, replacethe power window master switch.

Go to step 5.

5. Do the driver’s power window motor pulser test(see page 22-220).

Go to step 6.

Replace the driver’s power window motor.

6. Disconnect the 23P connector from the powerwindow master switch, and the 6P connector fromthe driver’s power window motor.

7. Check for continuity between the power windowmaster switch 23P connector and driver’s powerwindow motor 6P connector as follows.



No. 4 No. 3No. 6 No. 6No. 17 No. 2

Go to step 8.


8. Check for continuity between the power windowmaster switch 23P connector No. 4, No. 6, andNo. 17 terminals and body ground individually.


Substitute a known-good power windowmaster switch, and recheck. If the DTC is gone, theoriginal door multiplex control unit is faulty;replace the power window master switch. If theDTC is still indicated, replace the driver’s powerwindow motor.




Does the information indicator display DETECT?

Is it OK ?



07/05/09 16:33:52 61SJC020_220_0217

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１２６ＦＡＡＴ２０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1126:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-215


(SVCC) RED/WHT

(PLSB) ORN

(PLSA) BLU

DRIVER’S POWER WINDOW MOTOR 6P CONNECTOR


(SVCC) RED/WHT

(PLSB) ORN

(PLSA) BLU

Driver’s Power Window Motor BPulse Error



2. Open and close the power window by using thedriver’s switch manually.

3. Select the POWER WINDOWS from the BODYELECTRICAL SYSTEM SELECT menu and enterDATA LIST.

4. While the window is moving, check the DETECT/NONE information of the DRIVER’S POWERWINDOW MOTOR PULSE B in the DATA LIST.

The door multiplex control unit is faulty;replace the power window master switch.

Go to step 5.

5. Do the driver’s power window motor pulser test(see page 22-220).

Go to step 6.

Replace the driver’s power window motor.

6. Disconnect the 23P connector from the powerwindow master switch, and the 6P connector fromthe driver’s power window motor.

7. Check for continuity between the power windowmaster switch 23P connector and driver’s powerwindow motor 6P connector as follows.



No. 4 No. 3No. 6 No. 6No. 17 No. 2

Go to step 8.


8. Check for continuity between the power windowmaster switch 23P connector No. 4, No. 6, andNo. 17 terminals and body ground individually.


Substitute a known-good power windowmaster switch, and recheck. If the DTC is gone, theoriginal door multiplex control unit is faulty;replace the power window master switch. If theDTC is still indicated, replace the driver’s powerwindow motor.




Does the information indicator display DETECT?

Is it OK ?



07/05/09 16:33:52 61SJC020_220_0218

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７６４０００Ｙ１１４０ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

DTC B1140:

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-216

Power Windows


Driver’s Power Window PositionDetect Circuit Error




3. Open and close the driver’s power window byusing the driver’s power window switch.


Troubleshoot the DTC B1125 (see page22-214) or B1126 (see page 22-215).

Go to step 5.

5. Reset the power window control unit (see page22-209).



Intermittent failure. The system is OK at thistime. Check for loose or poor connections.

Is DTC B1125 or B1126 indicated?


07/05/09 16:33:53 61SJC020_220_0219

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１２３ＦＣＡＴ００

22-217

Master Switch Input Test

WHT/REDBLU/WHT

GRN/WHT

RED/WHT

RED/BLK

WHT

YEL

BRN

BLU/RED

ORN

RED/YEL

BLU/ORN

BRN/WHT

BRN/YEL

WHT/RED

BRN/BLK

BLUWHT/GRNBLK

BLK

A

B

NOTE: Make sure the ignition switch is OFF before disconnecting the connectors.

1. Before testing the power windows, troubleshoot the multiplex integrated control system using B-CAN SystemDiagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).



4. Disconnect the 23P connector (A) from the power window master switch (B).

(cont’d)


07/05/09 16:33:53 61SJC020_220_0220

－

－



22-218

Power Windows

Master Switch Input Test (cont’d)





••

•

•••

•••

••

1·2

BLK Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 0.5 V.

Poor ground (G401, G501)An open in the wire

10 GRN/WHT Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.

Blown No. 28 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty under-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

15 WHT/RED Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.

Blown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty under-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

20 YEL Ignition switch ON (II) Check the voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.

Blown No. 21 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty under-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

7. Reconnect the connector to the power window master switch, turn the ignition switch ON (II) and make these input tests at the connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace the power window master switch, and go to step 8.

•••

•

•

•••

6 RED/WHT Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.

Faulty power window master switchShort to ground in the wire

4 BLU Ignition switch ON (II), and thedriver’s power window switchmoving up or down

Check for voltage between theNo. 4 and No. 1 terminals:There should be 0 V to about5 V 0 V to about 5 V repeatedly(a digital voltmeter reads about2.5 V while the window moves).

Blown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxBlown No. 28 (20 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire (RED/WHT, BLU,ORN)Short to ground in the wireFaulty driver’s power window motorFaulty power window master switch

17 ORN Ignition switch ON (II), and thedriver’s power window switchmoving up or down

Check for voltage between theNo. 17 and No. 1 terminals:There should be 0 V to about5 V 0 V to about 5 V repeatedly(a digital voltmeter reads about2.5 V while the window moves).

07/05/09 16:33:53 61SJC020_220_0221


22-219

•

••

•

•

•

•••

•••••

•••••

••••••••

•••••

11 RED/YEL Connect the No. 10 and No. 11terminals with a jumper wire,and connect the No. 23terminal to body ground.

Check for driver’s windowoperation:The window should go down.

Blown No. 28 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty driver’s power window motorAn open in the wire

23 RED/BLK Connect the No. 10 and No. 23terminals with a jumper wire,and connect the No. 11terminal to body ground.

Check for driver’s windowoperation:The window should go up.

18 BLU/RED Connect the No. 10 and No. 18terminals with a jumper wire.

Check for front passenger’swindow operation:The window should go up.

Blown No. 26 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty front passenger’s powerwindow motorFaulty front passenger’s powerwindow switchPoor ground (G402)An open in the wire

9 BLU/WHT Connect the No. 10 and No. 9terminals with a jumper wire.

Check for front passenger’swindow operation:The window should go down.

13 BRN/WHT Connect the No. 10 and No. 13terminals with a jumper wire.

Check for left rear windowoperation:The window should go up.

Blown No. 24 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty left rear power window motorFaulty left rear power window switchPoor ground (G501)An open in the wire

19 BRN Connect the No. 10 and No. 19terminals with a jumper wire.

Check for left rear windowoperation:The window should go down.

12 BLU/ORN Connect the No. 10 and No. 12terminals with a jumper wire.

Check for right rear windowoperation:The window should go up.

Blown No. 25 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty right rear power window motorFaulty right rear power window switchPoor ground (G501)An open in the wire

14 BRN/YEL Connect the No. 10 and No. 14terminals with a jumper wire.

Check for right rear windowoperation:The window should go down.

3 WHT/GRN Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Blown No. 23 (P/W) (50 A) fuse in theunder-hood fuse/relay boxFaulty power window relayFaulty under-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

8 WHT/RED Driver’s door key cylinderswitch in LOCK



Driver’s door key cylinderswitch in neutral



Driver’s door key cylinderswitch in UNLOCK


21 WHT Driver’s door key cylinderswitch in UNLOCK



Driver’s door key cylinderswitch in neutral



Driver’s door key cylinderswitch in LOCK


16 BRN/BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity betweenthe No. 16 terminal and under-dash fuse/relay box connector Jterminal No. 4:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

8. Reset the power window control unit (see page 22-209).

07/05/09 16:33:53 61SJC020_220_0222

＋－

＋－

－

＋－

－

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１０１ＦＥＡＴ００

Motor Test Pulser Test

22-220

Power Windows

Driver’s Power Window Motor Test

A

UP

DOWN

Terminal

Direction1 4

1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-7).

2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the powerwindow motor.

3. Test the motor in each direction by connectingbattery power and ground according to the table.When the motor stops running, disconnect onelead immediately.

4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly,replace it.

5. Reconnect the 6P connector to the power windowmotor.

6. Check for voltage between the terminals.

• There should be battery voltage between theNo. 6 ( ) and No. 5 ( ) terminals when theignition switch is ON (II).

• Connect an analog voltmeter between the No. 3( ) and No. 5 ( ) terminals, and run the windowmotor down or up. The voltmeter needle shouldmove back and forth alternately (a digitalvoltmeter should show the average voltagebetween 0 5 V).

• Connect an analog voltmeter between the No. 2( ) and No. 5 ( ) terminals, and run the windowmotor at down or up. The voltmeter needleshould move back and forth alternately (a digitalvoltmeter should show the average voltagebetween 0 5 V).

7. If the voltage is not as specified, do the powerwindow master switch input test (terminals No. 4,No. 6 and No. 17) (see page 22-217).

8. If the switch test is OK, replace the power windowmotor.


Terminal side ofmale terminals

07/05/09 16:33:54 61SJC020_220_0223

０１

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１０２ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１２３ＫＢＡＴ０２

22-22122-221

Passenger’s Power Window MotorTest

Master Switch Replacement

A

UP

DOWN

Terminal

Direction

*: Right rear power window motor

61*

34*

A

B

1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-7).

2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the powerwindow motor.

3. Test the motor by connecting battery power andground according to the table. When the motorstops running, disconnect one lead immediately.



2. Remove the four mounting screws, then removethe master switch (A) from the switch panel (B).




07/05/09 16:33:54 61SJC020_220_0224

０１０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１２４ＦＨＡＴ００

Front Passenger’s Rear

22-222

Power Windows

Passenger’s Power Window Switch Test/Replacement

A

B

A

B


2. Remove the four mounting screws, then removethe power window switch (A) from the switch panel(B).

3. Swap the power window switch with anotherknown-good switch and test. If the original powerwindow switch is faulty; replace it.


1. Remove the rear door panel (see page 20-14).

2. Remove the two mounting screws, then removethe power window switch (A) from the switch panel(B).

3. Swap the rear power window switch with anotherknown-good switch and test. If the original powerwindow switch is faulty; replace it.


07/05/09 16:33:55 61SJC020_220_0225

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１０４ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１１９ＦＨＡＴ００

22-22322-223

Back Power Window Motor Test Back Power Window Switch Test/Replacement

A

OPEN

Terminal

Direction

CLOSE

3 6

A

B

1. Remove the rear panel trim (see page 20-69).

2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the backwindow motor.

3. Test the motor by connecting battery power andground according to the table. When the motorstops running, disconnect one lead immediately.



2. Remove the three mounting screws, then removethe back power window switch (A) from the switchpanel (B).

3. Swap the back power window switch with anotherknown-good switch and test. If the original backpower window switch is faulty; replace it.



07/05/09 16:33:55 61SJC020_220_0226

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４４６０６４７１０９ＦＥＡＴ００

22-224

Power Windows

Back Power Window Position Switch Test

AB

1. Remove the rear panel trim (see page 20-69).

2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the backpower window position switch (B).


• There should be continuity between the No. 1and No. 2 terminals when the back powerwindow middle glass is opened.

• There should not be continuity between the No. 1and No. 2 terminals when the back powerwindow is closed.

4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace theswitch.

07/05/09 16:33:56 61SJC020_220_0227

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-225

Wipers/Washers


WINDSHIELD WIPER ARMS and LINKAGE

COMBINATION SWITCH COMBINATIONSWITCH CONTROL UNIT)

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR

RELAY CONTROL MODULE(Built into the under-hoodfuse/relay box)

WIPER BLADES

WASHER RESERVIOR

WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

WINDOW WASHER MOTOR

WASHER TUBE

WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE

Replacement, page 22-237Adjustment, page 22-240

Control Circuit Input Test, page 22-233Replacement, page 22-235




Test, page 22-236



Adjustment, page 22-240

07/05/09 16:33:59 61SJC020_220_0228

＊９０

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

22-226

Wipers/Washers

Circuit Diagram

BLK/YEL

D6

G1

2

GRN

2

1

H12

G201

BLK

WHT/BLK

K5K4

J5

YEL/GRN

BLU

1

2

BLK

G201

J2

J8

J6

K2K3K1J9


GRN

WHT

GRN/WHT

BLU

YEL

BLK/YELWHT

YEL



No.23 (IG) (50 A)

No.15 (40 A)

As

BLU YEL

G202

4 1

3

5

IGNITION SWITCH

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR

LO

HI

G202

BLKBLK

IG1

BAT


CONTROLBLOCK

GAUGECONTROLMODULE

WASHER FLUIDLEVEL SWITCH(Closed :Float down)

WINDSHIELDWASHERMOTOR

07/05/09 16:33:59 61SJC020_220_0229

＊９０

－

－

22-227


B CANVBU

IG

B4

A6

C2 C5

WIPER/WASHER SWITCH

YEL/GRN

D6 D11 X27X35X34

3

LT GRNWHT/RED

7

YEL

111

12

COMBINATION SWITCH

GRN/WHT


(30 A)No.11

MICUNo.7 (7.5 A)

No.21 (7.5 A)

MIST

OFF

INT

LO

HI

No.20 (7.5 A)

GRN

BLU

YEL

BLK/YEL

YEL

G401

BLK

COMBINATION SWITCHCONTROL UNIT

WASHERSWITCH

INTERMITTENTWIPER DWELLTIMECONTROLLER

07/05/09 16:34:00 61SJC020_220_0230

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０７６ＦＡＡＴ１０

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1076:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-228

Wipers/Washers

DTC Troubleshooting


FR WIPER BACKUP(GRN/WHT)

COMBINATION SWITCH 12P CONNECTOR

Windshield Wiper Signal Error




3. Turn the wiper switch to INT, LOW, then HIGH for atleast 2 seconds each.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The windshield wipersystem is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections.

5. With the wiper/washer switch OFF, selectWINDSHIELD WIPERS from the BODY ELECTRICALSYSTEM SELECT menu, and enter the DATA LIST.

6. Check the ON/OFF information of the WINDSHIELDWIPER SWITCH (BACK-UP) in the DATA LIST.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 11.

7. Turn the wiper switch ON (low or high).

8. Check the ON/OFF information of the WINDSHIELDWIPER SWITCH (BACK-UP) in the DATA LIST.


Go to step 9.

9. Disconnect the under-hood fuse/relay boxconnector J (10P) and the combination switch 12Pconnector.

10. Check for continuity between the No. 6 terminal ofthe under-hood fuse/relay box connector J (10P)and the No. 11 terminal of the combination switch(combination switch control unit) 12P connector.

Faulty combination switch control unit;replace the combination switch.

Repair an open in the GRN/WHT wire.




Is the information indicator OFF?



07/05/09 16:34:00 61SJC020_220_0231

０２

０３

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-229





11. Disconnect under-hood fuse/relay box connector J(10P).


Go to step 13.


13. Disconnect the combination switch 12P connector.


Repair a short in the GRN/WHT wire.






07/05/09 16:34:01 61SJC020_220_0232

＊０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７８２０００Ｙ１０７７ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1077:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-230

Wipers/Washers


UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR K (5P)

WHT

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR 5P CONNECTOR

WHT


WHT

Windshield Wiper (As) SignalError




3. Turn the wiper switch to LOW, then HIGH for atleast 15 seconds in each position.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The windshield wipersystem is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections.


6. Do the wiper motor test (see page 22-235).

Go to step 7.

Replace the windshield wiper motor andrecheck.


8. Turn the wiper switch to LOW, then HIGH andcheck wiper operation.

Go to step 9.

Go to step 12.

9. Disconnect under-hood fuse/relay box connector K(5P) and the windshield wiper motor 5P connector.

10. Check for continuity between the No. 4 terminal ofthe windshield wiper motor 5P connector and No. 2terminal of under-hood fuse/relay box connector K(5P).

Go to step 11.

Repair an open in the WHT wire.

11. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal ofunder-hood fuse/relay box connector K (5P) andbody ground.

Repair a short in the WHT wire.






Does the wiper motor operate correctly?

Do the wipers operate normally?



07/05/09 16:34:01 61SJC020_220_0233

０３

＊０２

－

－

－

－

－

－

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-231

GRN



BLU


YEL

BLU

YEL


13. Check the No. 11 (30 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

Go to step 14.

Replace the blown fuse and recheck thesystem. If the fuse is blown again, check for a shorton the GRN wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the windshield wiper motor.


15. Measure voltage between the No. 1 terminal of thewindshield wiper motor 5P connector and bodyground.

Go to step 16.

Repair an open in the GRN wire.

16. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 5terminals of the windshield wiper motor 5Pconnector and the No. 1 and No. 3 terminals ofunder-hood fuse/relay box connector K (5P).


Repair an open in the BLU or YEL wire.




Is the fuse OK ?



07/05/09 16:34:01 61SJC020_220_0234

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７１３０００Ｙ１２８１ＦＡＡＴ１０

－

－

DTC B1281:

DTC B1282:

DTC B1283:

DTC B1284:

YES

NO

22-232

Wipers/Washers


Windshield Wiper Switch MISTPosition Circuit Malfunction

Windshield Wiper Switch INT(AUTO) Position Circuit Malfunction

Windshield Wiper Switch LOWPosition Circuit Malfunction

Windshield Wiper Switch HIGHPosition Circuit Malfunction




3. Turn the windshield wiper switch to MIST, and waitfor 2 seconds.

4. Turn the windshield wiper switch OFF, and wait for2 seconds.

5. Turn the windshield wiper switch to INT (AUTO),and wait for 2 seconds.

6. Turn the windshield wiper switch to LOW, and waitfor 2 seconds.

7. Turn the windshield wiper switch to HIGH, and waitfor 2 seconds.



Intermittent failure, the windshield wiper/washer switch and the combination switch controlunit are OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections.

Is DTC B1281, B1282, B1283, and/ or B1284indicated?

07/05/09 16:34:02 61SJC020_220_0235

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００１７１２３ＦＣＡＴ００


obtained

22-233

Combination Switch Control Unit Input Test

A

B

LT GRNYEL

BLKGRN/WHTWHT/RED

1. Before troubleshooting the wiper/washer system, troubleshoot B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page22-99).


3. Remove the self-tapping screws, then disconnect the 12P connector (A) from the combination switch (B).





3 LT GRN Under all conditions Check for continuitybetween the No. 3 terminaland under-dash fuse/relaybox connector X (39P)No. 27 terminal:There should be continuity.

An open in the wire

Disconnect theunder-dash fuse/relay box connectorX (39P)

Check for continuitybetween the No. 3 terminaland body ground:There should be nocontinuity.

A short in the wire

(cont’d)


07/05/09 16:34:02 61SJC020_220_0236

Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is

not obtained

22-234

Wipers/Washers

Combination Switch Control Unit Input Test (cont’d)

6. Reconnect the 12P connector to the combination switch, turn the ignition switch ON (II) and make these input testsat the connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, replace the combination switch control unit.

••

•

•

••

•

••

12 BLK Under all conditions Check for voltage toground:There should be less than0.5 V.


7 WHT/RED Under all conditions Check for voltage toground:There should be batteryvoltage.

Blown No. 15 (40 A) fuse in theunder-hood fuse/relay boxBlown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

1 YEL Ignition switch ON(II)

Check for voltage toground:There should be batteryvoltage.


11 GRN/WHT Wiper switch on lowand high

Check for voltage toground:There should be less than1 V.

Faulty combination control unitPoor ground (G401)

Wiper switch OFF Check for voltage toground:There should be more than5 V.

Open in the wire

07/05/09 16:34:02 61SJC020_220_0237

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００１７１２１ＫＢＡＴ００

＋－

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００６５７２１ＦＥＡＴ００

22-23522-235

Combination Switch Replacement Wiper Motor Test

A

B

A

B

1. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see page20-83).


3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 12Pconnector (A) from the combination switch controlunit (B).

4. Remove the two screws, then slide out thecombination switch control unit.

1. Remove the wiper arms (see page 22-237).

NOTE: Carefully remove the wiper arms so thatthey do not touch the hood.

2. Remove the hood seal and cowl cover (see page20-173).

3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the wipermotor (B).

4. Test the motor by connecting battery power to theNo. 3 terminal and ground to the No. 2 terminal ofthe wiper motor 5P connector. The motor shouldrun at low speed. If the motor does not run or failsto run smoothly, replace the motor.

5. Test the motor by connecting battery power to theNo. 5 terminal and ground to the No. 2 terminal ofthe wiper motor 5P connector. The motor shouldrun at high speed. If the motor does not run or failsto run smoothly, replace the motor.

6. Connect an analog voltmeter between the No. 1 ( )and No. 4 ( ) terminals, and run the motor at lowor high speed. The voltmeter should indicate 12 Vand 4 V or less alternately. If it does not, replace themotor.

07/05/09 16:34:02 61SJC020_220_0238

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００６５０２１ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００６５０１１ＦＥＡＴ００

22-23622-236

Wipers/Washers

Washer Motor Test Washer Fluid Level Switch Test

AB

A

B

1. Remove the right inner fender (see page 20-178).

2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the washermotor (B).

3. Test the motor by connecting battery power to theNo. 1 terminal and ground the No. 2 terminal of thewasher motor. The motor should run.

• If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly,replace it.

• If the motor runs smoothly, but little or nowasher fluid is pumped, check for a disconnectedor blocked washer hose, or a clogged washermotor outlet.


2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the washerfluid level switch (B).

3. Remove the washer fluid level switch from thewasher reservoir.

NOTE: Fluid may flow out of the opening.

4. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2terminals in each float position.

• There should be continuity when the float isdown.

• There should be no continuity when the float isup.



07/05/09 16:34:03 61SJC020_220_0239

０１

０２

０３

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００６５７２１ＫＢＡＴ００

22-237

Wiper Motor Replacement

A29.5 N·m(2.9 kgf·m,20.9 lbf·ft)

A

B

C

B

B9.8 N·m(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)

AC B

9.8 N·m(1.0 kgf·m,7.2 lbf·ft)

31 N·m(3.1 kgf·m, 22.8 lbf·ft)

B

8 N·m(0.8 kgf·m, 6.0 lbf·ft)

C

A

1. Open the hood. Remove the caps, nuts (A), and thewindshield wiper arms (B).

2. Remove the cowl covers (C).

3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the wipermotor.

4. Remove the four bolts (B) and wiper linkageassembly (C).

5. Scribe a mark (A) across the link and windshieldwiper linkage to show the original adjustment.Separate the windshield wiper linkage (B) from thewiper motor (C).

6. Install in the reverse order of removal, and notethese items:

• Apply multipurpose grease to the moving parts.• Before reinstalling the wiper arms, turn the wiper

switch ON, then OFF to return the wiper shafts tothe park position.

• If necessary, replace any damaged clips.• Check the wiper motor operation.

07/05/09 16:34:04 61SJC020_220_0240

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００６５００１ＫＢＡＴ００

22-238

Wipers/Washers

Washer Reservoir Replacement

A

D

B

C

A

BA9.8 N·m(1.0 kgf·m,7.2 lbf·ft)


2. Disconnect the 2P connectors (A) from the washermotor (B) and the washer fluid level switch (C).

3. Disconnect the windshield washer tube (D).

4. Remove the bolts (A) and the clip (B), then removethe washer reservoir.


07/05/10 10:25:44 61SJC020_220_0241

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００６５７０４ＫＢＡＴ００

22-239

Wiper Blade Replacement

A

B

C

A

1. Lift the windshield wiper arm off the windshield,raising the driver’s side first, then the passenger’sside.

2. Press and hold the tab (A) and slide the wiper blade(B) toward the tab until it releases from the wiperarm (C).

3. Slide out the old rubber (A).

4. Install a new rubber in the reverse order of removal.

5. Install the wiper blades onto the windshield wiperarms in the reverse order of removal.

6. Test by turning on the wipers. If the blades slip,turn off the wipers and seat the attachments morefirmly.

07/05/10 10:25:44 61SJC020_220_0242

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００６５７０１ＭＢＡＴ００

Windshield

Wiper arms park position

Washer nozzle position

22-240

Wipers/Washers

Wiper Arm/Nozzle Adjustment

B

Ac

fe bc

a

C

1. When the wiper arms stop at the park (automatic stop) position, confirm that they are at the standard position.

a: Position at about 2.0 in. (52 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A)b: Position at about 1.7 in. (43 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A)

2. When you turn on the washers, confirm 50 % or more of the washer fluid lands within the spray area. If the sprayarea is not within the standard positions, adjust the nozzles.

c: Position at about 1.5 in. (37.5 mm) from the top of the black ceramic area (B) at the lower windshieldd: Position at about 1.5 in. (37.5 mm) from the top of the black ceramic area (B) at the lower windshielde: Position at about 12.2 in. (311 mm) from the windshield center line (C)f: Position at about 12.2 in. (311 mm) from the windshield center line (C)

07/05/10 10:25:44 61SJC020_220_0243

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３０００６５０４１ＫＢＡＴ００

22-241

Washer Tube Replacement


2. Remove the washer nozzles and clip, then remove the tubes.

07/05/10 10:25:44 61SJC020_220_0244

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２２１００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-242

Gauges


SELECT/RESET SWITCH

FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT


PARKING BRAKE SWITCHBRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

Test, page 11-302

Test, page 8-5

Self-diagnostic Function, page 22-244Replacement, page 22-263Rewriting the ODO Data on a NewGauge Control Module, page 22-263Outside Air TemperatureIndicator Calibration, page 22-264

Test, page 19-11Test, page 19-11

07/05/10 10:25:46 61SJC020_220_0245

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH


０２

０３

22-243

CONNECTOR B CONNECTOR A CONNECTOR C

C1C10

C20 C11

A1A10

A20 A11

B1B7

B14 B8

TACHOMETER

SPEEDOMETER

A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR

COOLANTTEMPERATUREGAUGE

DOOR AND TAILGATE OPEN MONITORTIRE PRESSURE MONITOR

FUEL GAUGE

07/05/10 10:25:47 61SJC020_220_0246

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２２１００００００００ＢＢＡＴ００

Entering the self-diagnostic function

22-244

Gauges

Self-diagnostic Function

OFF

ON(II)

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

IgnitionSwitch

LightingSwitch

ResetSwitch

5 sec.

Move to self-diagnostic mode.

5 sec.

Before troubleshooting the gauge system, refer to multiplex integrated control system B-CAN System Diagnosis TestMode A (see page 22-99).

The gauge control module has a self-diagnostic function shown.

• The beeper drive circuit check.• The indicator drive circuit check.• The switch input test.• The LCD segments check.• The gauges drive circuit check (Speedometer, Tachometer, Fuel gauge, Coolant temperature gauge).• The communication line check (of the body-controller area network (B-CAN) communication line and the fast-

controller area network (F-CAN) communication line between the gauges).

NOTE:Indicators are also controlled via the communication line.

Before doing the self-diagnostic function, check the No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse, the No. 21 (7.5 A) fuse and the No. 32 (7.5 A) inthe under-dash fuse/relay box.

1. Push and hold the RESET switch button.

2. Turn the lighting switch ( ) ON.


4. Within 5 sec., turn the lighting switch ( ) OFF, then ON and OFF again.

5. Within 5 sec., release the RESET switch button, and then push and release the button three times repeatedly.

NOTE:• While in the self-diagnostic mode, the dash lights brightness controller operates normally.• While in the self-diagnostic mode, the RESET button is used to start the Beeper Drive Circuit Test and the Gauge

Drive Circuit Check.• If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.2 mph (2 km/h) or the ignition switch is turned OFF, the self-diagnostic mode ends.

07/05/10 10:25:47 61SJC020_220_0247

０２

The Indicator Drive Circuit Check

Switch Input Check

The Beeper Drive Circuit Check

The LCD Segment Check

The Gauge Drive Circuit Check

22-245

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Gauge needles

Beeper

5 sec.

Self-diagnosticmode

Reset switch

When entering the self-diagnostic mode, the following indicators blink:Seat belt indicators, charging system indicators, low fuel indicator, oil pressure indicator, high beam indicator, DRLindicator (Canada models), VSA indicator, VSA activation indicator, brake system indicator, lights on indicator, A/Tgear position indicator, ABS indicator, cruise control indicator, mulfunction indicator lamp, in-bed trunk lid openindicator, transmission fluid temperature indicator, TPMS indicator, D3 indicator, washer fluid level indicator, smartmaintenance indicator, back window open indicator and TPMS malfunction indicator.

After the intermittent beeper sounds at the initial stage of self-diagnostic, a beeper sounds continuously while any ofthe following switch inputs are switched from OFF to ON:Parking brake switch, VSA OFF switch, cruise control master, SET, RESUME, CANCEL switches, select switch, resetswitch, and dash lights brightness controller cancel switch.

When entering the self-diagnostic mode, the beeper sounds five times.

When entering the self-diagnostic mode, all the segments blink five times.

When entering the self-diagnostic mode, the speedometer, the tachometer, the fuel gauge, and the coolanttemperature gauge needles sweep from the minimum position to maximum position, then return to the minimumposition.

NOTE:After the beeper stops sounding and the gauge needles return to the minimum position, pushing the reset switchstarts the Beeper Drive Circuit Check (one beep) and the Gauge Drive Circuit Check again.The check cannot be started again until the gauge needles return to the minimum position.

If a needle fails to sweep or the beeper does not sound, replace the gauge control module.

(cont’d)

The needles sweep from theminimum position to themaximum position, then returnto the minimum position.

07/05/10 10:25:47 61SJC020_220_0248

０３

The Communication Line Check

Ending the self-diagnostic function

22-246

Gauges

Self-diagnostic Function (cont’d)

Normal: Faulty (example Error 1):

While in the self-diagnostic mode, the Communication Line Check starts after the LCD Segments Check.If all segments come on, the communication line is OK. If there is a communication line error, the word ‘‘Error’’ will beindicated on the information display followed by a number.

• If the word ‘‘Error 1’’ is indicated, there is a malfunction in the communication line between the gauge controlmodule and the fast-controller area network (F-CAN). Check for DTCs in the PCM and troubleshoot any DTCs found.If no DTCs are found, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).

• If the word ‘‘Error 2’’ is indicated, there is a malfunction in the communication line between the gauge controlmodule and the body-controller area network (B-CAN). Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page22-99). (B1155 to B1160).

• If the word ‘‘Error 3’’ is indicated, there is a malfunction in the communication line between the gauge controlmodule and the body-controller area network (B-CAN) and the fast-controller area network (F-CAN). Check for DTCsin the PCM and troubleshoot any DTCs found. If no DTCs are found, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A(see page 22-99).

If any communication line errors are found, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).

Turn the ignition switch OFF.NOTE: If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.2 mph (2 km/h), the self-diagnostic function ends.

07/05/10 10:25:48 61SJC020_220_0249

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２２１００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－－－

22-247

Circuit Diagram

BLK/YEL

A5

A6

B4

G1

D6

X35N44N36

E

D

C

B

A

CANCEL SWITCH


No.7 (7.5 A)

No.21 (7.5 A)

No.32 (7.5 A)

YEL YEL

3

A8 A6 A5 A4 A3

61

WHT/GRNWHT/BLU LT BLU

G402

BLK

2

RED

RED/BLK5

SELECT RESET

BLU/BLK

BLU/WHT

3 6 5 4 2RED/BLK

1

RED

YEL

A2

YEL/RED

WHT/BLK

IG1

BAT

ACC

BEEPER

WHT/RED

A19

DRIVE CIRCUIT

No.15 (40 A)No.22 (BAT) (120 A)

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE A20

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT/CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK CONTROLLER

FUEL GAUGESPEEDOMETER

YEL

WHT

BLK/YEL

YEL

No.23 (IG) (50 A)


BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH

TACHOMETER

IG1 HOT in ON (II) andSTART (III)ACC HOT in ACC (I)and ON (II)

COOLANTTEMPERATUREGAUGE

HIGH BEAMINDICATOR (LED)

CANCELSWITCH LIGHT

(0.56 W)


LIGHT(0.84 W)


SELECT/RESETSWITCH

DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESSCONTROLLER


LCDDISPLAY



1

1

(cont’d)

07/05/10 10:25:48 61SJC020_220_0250

＊９０

－

22-248

Gauges


E

A

B

C

D

BLU/ORN

B3

C1

RED/BLU

(LED) (LED)

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE C20

RED

1

2

B13

YEL/BLK

INTERFACE

BLK/WHT

B12

BLU

A11

1

2

BLK

G201

C18

BLU/ORN

IMMOBILIZERINDICATOR(LED)

IMMOBILIZERCONTROLUNIT RECEIVER

WASHERFLUIDLEVELSWITCH

FUELGAUGESENDINGUNIT

FUELGAUGEUNIT

POINTER BRIGHTNESSCONTROL and DIMMINGCIRCUIT

LCD CONTROLandDIMMING CIRCUIT

DASHLIGHTS(BULB)

DASHLIGHTS(LED)

POWER SUPPLYCIRCUIT/CONTROLLERAREA NETWORK CONTROLLER

BACKPOWERWINDOWOPENINDICATOR(LED)

BACKPOWERWINDOWPOSITIONSWITCH

07/05/10 10:25:48 61SJC020_220_0251

＊９０

－

－

－

－－

22-249

: Shielding: Communication line

• PCM

MICU

BRN/YEL

B6

WHT

B8

RED

B1

•

• VTM 4 CONTROL UNITTPMS CONTROL UNIT•

WARNING DRIVE CIRCUIT


G

F

H

(Canada models)

MAINTENANCEREQUIREDINDICATOR(LED)

DRLINDICATOR(LED)

VSAACTIVATIONINDICATOR(LED)

A/TTEMPINDICATOR(LED)

LOWFUELINDICATOR(LED)

TPMSINDICATOR(LED)

LOW TIREPRESSUREINDICATOR(LED)

IN BEDTRUNK LIDOPENINDICATOR(LED)

WASHERFLUIDLEVELINDICATOR(LED)

VSA MODULATORCONTROL UNIT

B CANTRANSCEIVER

F CANTRANSCEIVER

(cont’d)

07/05/10 10:25:49 61SJC020_220_0252

＊９１

－

22-250

Gauges


1

BLU/YEL

H

G

F

B14

6

RED/BLK

RED

5

BLK

G401

RED/WHT

2

3

LT GRN/BLK GRY/RED

A13A12


DRIVE CIRCUIT DRIVE CIRCUIT DRIVE CIRCUIT

YEL/RED

B11

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT/CONTROLLER AREANETWORK CONTROLLER

WARNINGDRIVE CIRCUIT

LOW OILPRESSUREINDICATOR(LED)

CHARGINGSYSTEMINDICATOR(LED)

SEAT BELTREMINDERLIGHT (LED)

MALFUNCTIONINDICATORLAMP (MIL)(LED)

ABSINDICATOR(LED)

OILPRESSURESWITCH(Closed :Engine stopped)(Open :Engine running)

CRUISE SET/RESUME/CANCEL SWITCH

VSAOFFSWITCH



LIGHT(0.56 W)

VSAINDICATOR(LED)

07/05/10 10:25:49 61SJC020_220_0253

＊９１

－－

22-251

L

K

J

I


DRIVE CIRCUITDRIVE CIRCUIT


SRS UNIT

PNK

C17

A/T CONTROLDETECTIONCIRCUIT

A/T GEAR POSITIONINDICATOR/CRUISEDIMMING CIRCUIT

FAIL SAFECIRCUIT

SRSINDICATOR(LED)

CRUISECONTROLINDICATOR(LED)

LIGHTS ONINDICATOR(LED)

(cont’d)

07/05/10 10:25:50 61SJC020_220_0254

＊９２

－－

22-252

Gauges


1

•

•

L

K

I

J

C15

BLU/BLK

DRIVE CIRCUIT

B7

BLK/YELLT GRN

A14GAUGE CONTROL MODULE

GRN/ORN

INTERFACE

GRN/ORN

GRN/ORN

INTERFACE

B9 B2

GRN/RED

BLK

G301G402

BLK

C10

BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SWITCH(Closed : Float down)(Open : Float up)

PARKINGBRAKESWITCH(Closed : Pedal pressed)(Open : Pedal released)

VTM 4CONTROL UNIT

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT/CONTROLLER AREANETWORK CONTROLLER

BRAKESYSTEMINDICATOR(LED)

CRUISECONTROLMAINSWITCH

SECURITYINDICATOR

CARGO AREALIGHT RELAY

CARGOAREALIGHTINDICATOR(LED)

IMMOBILIZERCONTROLUNIT RECEIVER

07/05/10 10:25:50 61SJC020_220_0255

＊９２

－

－

－

－

22-253

*2 : ’07 08 models*1 : ’06 model

GRN*PNK/BLU*

C3

RED/WHT

BRN


A10

BLK

C2C19

RED/BLU BRN

RED/BLU

RED/BLU

BRN

G401

PNK/BLU

C16

SIDE AIRBAGCUTOFFINDICATOR(LED)

RIGHT TURNSIGNALINDICATOR(LED)

LEFT TURNSIGNALINDICATOR(LED)

LEFT TURNSIGNAL LIGHTS

RIGHT TURNSIGNAL LIGHTS

VTM 4INDICATOR(LED)

VTM 4CONTROLUNIT

TURN SIGNAL/HAZARD RELAY(Built in theunder dash fuse/relay box)

OPDS/ODSUNIT

1

2

07/05/10 10:25:50 61SJC020_220_0256

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１５２ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１５５ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1152: DTC B1155:

DTC B1156:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-25422-254

Gauges

DTC Troubleshooting

Gauge Control Module InternalError (EEPROM Error)

Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with the CombinationSwitch Control Unit (HLSW Message)

Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with the CombinationSwitch Control Unit (WIPSW Message)






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The gauge controlmodule is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections. If the connections are good, check thebattery condition (see page 22-74), and thecharging system.

5. Disconnect the gauge control module connectors,then reconnect them.


Faulty gauge control module; replace thegauge control module (see page 22-263).

Intermittent failure. The gauge controlmodule is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections. If the connections are good, check thebattery condition (see page 22-74), and thecharging system.






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The gauge controlmodule is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections.


Go to combination switch control unit inputtest (see page 22-124).

Go to gauge control module input test(see page 22-122).


Is DTC B1152 stil l indicated?

Aer DTCs B1155 and/ or B1156 indicated?


07/05/10 10:25:50 61SJC020_220_0257

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１５７ＦＡＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１５８ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1157:

DTC B1159:

DTC B1158:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-25522-255

Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with MICU (MICU Message)

Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with MICU (DOORSWMessage)

Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with Relay Control Module(RM Message)






Go to step 5.



Go to MICU input test (see page 22-117).







Go to step 5.






Are DTCs B1055, B1057, B1105, B1106, andB1255 also indicated?



07/05/10 10:25:50 61SJC020_220_0258

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１６０ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

DTC B1160:

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-256

Gauges


Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with the Door MultiplexControl Unit (DRLOCKSW Message)






Go to step 5.



Go to door multiplex control unit input test(see page 22-123).




07/05/10 10:25:51 61SJC020_220_0259

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１６８ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1168:

DTC B1169:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-257

Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with PCM (ENG Messages)

Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with PCM (A/T Messages)




3. Start and run the engine for at least 5 seconds thenturn the engine off.


Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the F-CANcommunication line is OK at this time. Check forDTCs in the PCM with the HDS. If F-CAN DTCs arepresent, check for loose or poor connections at thegauge control module and the PCM. If theconnections are good, check the battery condition(see page 22-74) and the charging system, thenclear all DTCs.

5. Check for DTCs in the PCM with the HDS.

Go to the PCM indicated DTCstroubleshooting.

Go to step 6.

6. Do the gauge control module input test (see page22-122).

Go to step 7.

Repair the faulty input, then recheck theDTCs.

7. Substitute a known-good gauge control module.





Substitute a known-good PCM and retest. Ifthe symptom/indication goes away, replace theoriginal PCM.

The original gauge control module is faulty;replace it (see page 22-263).



Are all inputs OK ?


07/05/10 10:25:51 61SJC020_220_0260

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１７０ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1170:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-258

Gauges


Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with VSA Modulator -Control Unit (VSA Message)





Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, the F-CANcommunication line is OK at this time. Check forDTCs in the PCM and the VSA modulator-controlunit with the HDS. If F-CAN DTCs are present, checkfor a loose VSA ground or poor connections at theVSA modulator-control unit or gauge controlmodule. If the connections are good, check thebattery condition (see page 22-74) and the chargingsystem, then clear all DTCs.

4. Check for DTCs in the PCM or VSA with the HDS.

Go to the PCM or VSA indicated DTCstroubleshooting.

Go to step 5.


Go to step 6.






Recheck the PCM for DTCs, then recheck theVSA modulator-control unit for DTCs.

The original gauge control module is faulty;replace it (see page 22-263).Is DTC B1170 indicated?


Are all inputs OK ?


07/05/10 10:25:51 61SJC020_220_0261

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１７３ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1173:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-259

Gauge Control Module LostCommunication with TPMS Control Unit(TPMS Message)





Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, the F-CANcommunication line is OK at this time. Check forloose or poor connections. If the connections aregood, check the battery condition (see page 22-74),and the charging system.

4. Check for DTCs in the TPMS with the HDS.

Go to the TPMS indicated DTCstroubleshooting.

Go to step 5.


Go to step 6.






Check for loose or poor connections at theTPMS control unit. If continuities are good, replacethe TPMS control unit.




Are all inputs OK ?


07/05/10 10:25:51 61SJC020_220_0262

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１７５ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1175:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-260

Gauges


BLK/WHT YEL/BLK

BLK/WHT

YEL/BLK

FUEL TANK UNIT 5P CONNECTOR

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR B (14P)

BLK/WHT YEL/BLK


Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel GaugeSending Unit) Signals Input Error





Go to step 4.

Intermittent failure, the fuel level sensorcircuit is OK at this time. Check for loose or poorconnections.

4. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector and gaugecontrol module connector B (14P) and check forloose or damaged terminals.


6. Reconnect the connectors, check for voltagebetween the No. 12 and No. 13 terminals of gaugecontrol module connector B (14P) and No. 1 andNo. 2 terminals of the fuel tank unit 5P connector.

Go to step 7.

Repair the loose connection or open in theBLK/WHT or YEL/BLK wire between the gaugecontrol module and fuel tank unit.


8. Check for continuity between gauge controlmodule connector B (14P) No. 12 and No. 13terminals and body ground.

Go to step 9.

Repair the short in the wire between thegauge control module and the fuel tank unit.

9. Do the fuel gauge sending unit test (see page11-302).

Substitute a known-good gauge controlmodule and retest. If the symptom/indication goesaway, replace the gauge control module.

Replace the fuel tank unit.





Is there less than 1 V?


Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK ?

07/05/10 10:25:51 61SJC020_220_0263

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１７７ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1177:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-261

YEL

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR A (20P)

YEL

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR C (20P)


BLK

Abnormal Battery Voltage



2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON.


Go to step 5.

Go to step 4.

4. Crank the engine.

Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure. The gauge controlmodule and power supply voltage (IG1) that issupplied to the gauge control module are OK at thistime. The battery may have been discharged, andrecovered.

5. Check the battery (see page 22-74) and thecharging system.

Go to step 6.

Abnormal battery condition that needs arecharge or replacement, or a charging systemrepair.

6. With gauge control module connector A (20P) stillconnected, and the ignition switch ON (II), checkthe voltage between the No. 20 terminal and bodyground.

Go to step 7.

Repair an open or high resistance in the YELwire between the gauge control module and under-dash fuse/relay box.

7. Check for voltage between the No. 20 terminal ofgauge control module connector A (20P) and No. 10terminal of gauge control module connector C(20P).

Faulty gauge control module; replace thegauge control module (see page 22-263).

Repair an open or high resistance in the BLKwire between the gauge control module andground (G402).






Is the battery condition normal and the chargingsystem OK ?



07/05/10 10:25:52 61SJC020_220_0264

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７３２０００Ｙ１１７８ＦＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

DTC B1178:

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-262

Gauges


F-CAN Communication Line Error






Go to step 5.

Intermittent failure, the F-CANcommunication line is OK at this time. Check forDTCs in the PCM with the HDS. If F-CAN DTCs arepresent, check for loose or poor connections at thegauge control module and the PCM. If theconnections are good, check the battery condition(see page 22-74) and the charging system, thenclear all DTCs.

5. Disconnect the gauge control module connectors,then reconnect them.


Go to step 7.

Intermittent failure. The F-CANcommunication line is OK at this time. Check forDTCs in the PCM with the HDS. If F-CAN DTCs arepresent, check for loose or poor connections at thegauge control module and the PCM. If theconnections are good, check the battery condition(see page 22-74), and the charging system.

7. Check for DTCs in the PCM with the HDS.

Go to the indicated PCM DTCstroubleshooting.

Go to step 8.


Go to step 9.







Substitute a known-good PCM and retest. Ifthe symptom/indication goes away, replace theoriginal PCM.



Is DTC B1178 stil l indicated?


Are all inputs OK ?


07/05/10 10:25:52 61SJC020_220_0265

―――

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２２１０００３００５３ＢＢＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２２１０００３００５３ＫＢＡＴ１０

22-26322-263

Rewriting the ODO Data andTransferring the MaintenanceMinder on a New Gauge Control

Gauge Control ModuleReplacement

A

B

C

NOTE:• If the HDS retrieves the ODO data from the gauge

control module, the ODO value on the multi-information display will appear as ‘‘ ’’, makingthe ODO function unusable, and the HDS will beunable to retrieve additional ODO values.

• Rewriting is not possible on a gauge control modulethat does not communicate.

• Obtain a new gauge control module before startingthe rewriting process.

1. Before replacing the gauge control module,connect the HDS to the data link connector.

2. Select GAUGES from the BODY ELECTRICALSYSTEM SELECT menu display.

3. Select ‘‘GAUGE CONTROL MODULEREPLACEMENT (ODO REWRITE etc)’’ from theAdjustment Menu, and follow the instructions onthe display to retrieve the ODO value.

4. Replace the gauge control module.

5. Follow the instructions on the display to write thenew ODO value to the new gauge control module.

NOTE: Before replacing the gauge control module, dothe ‘‘Rewriting the ODO Data and Transfering theMaintenance Minder on a New Gauge Control Module’’(see page 22-263).


2. Remove the screws from the gauge control module(A), and spread a protective cloth (B) on the uppercolumn cover.

3. Disconnect the connectors (C), and remove thegauge control module.

4. Install the gauge in the reverse order of removal.

07/05/10 10:25:52 61SJC020_220_0266

―――

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２６３５６１４３８８１ＢＢＡＴ００

Description

Outside Air Temperature Indicator Logic

Update to the outside air temperatureindicator while driving

Troubleshooting

22-264

Gauges

Outside Air Temperature Indicator Calibration

NOTE: To test the outside air temperature sensor(see page 21-52).

The outside temperature sensor is located behind thecenter of the front bumper. The gauge control moduleuses measurements from this sensor to display theoutside air temperature.Because of the location of the sensor, it may be affectedby heat reflection from the road, engine and radiatorheat or hot exhaust from surrounding traffic.These conditions can heat soak the outside airtemperature sensor and cause inaccurate readings.Logic has been written into the gauge control module tohelp prevent abnormal or fluctuating outside airtemperature indicator readings.

Initial outside air temperature indication after theignition switch is turned ON (II).

• If the engine coolant temperature is 140 °F (60 °C) orhigher when the ignition switch is turned ON (II), theoutside air temperature indicated the last time thekey was turned off will be displayed regardless of thecurrent temperature measured by the outside airtemperature sensor.

• If the engine coolant temperature is 139 °F (59 °C) orlower when the ignition switch is turned ON (II), thecurrent temperature measured by the outside airtemperature sensor will be indicated.

If the temperature measured by the outside airtemperature sensor is greater than the temperature onthe outside air temperature indicator, the outsidetemperature indicator will increase by 1.8 °F (1 °C) perminute after the vehicle speed is greater than 19 mph(30 km/h) for more than 1 minute and 30 seconds. It willcontinue to increase until the current outside airtemperature is indicated. So, the first change to theoutside air temperature indicator is 1 minute and30 seconds after the vehicle speed is greater than19 mph (30 km/h). If the vehicle speed drops below19 mph (30 km/h), the indicator will not update againuntil the vehicle speed is increased to 19 mph (30 km/h)or more for more than 1 minute and 30 seconds again.If the outside air temperature is less than the indicatedtemperature, the temperature will decrease 1 °F every1.1 seconds (1 °C every 2 seconds) every 2 secondsuntil the current outside air temperature is indicatedregardless of vehicle speed.

If the indicator displays ‘‘ ’’ for more than2 seconds after selecting the outside air temperaturedisplay mode, check the outside temperature sensor orgauge control module self-diagnosis (see page 22-244).

07/05/10 10:25:52 61SJC020_220_0267

± ±

＋－＋－

±

０１

０２

＋＋

－－

Calibration

Example:

Incorrect value = 68 °F (20 °C)

Desired correction valve = 2 °F ( 1 °C)

Correct valve = 70 °F (21 °C)

Desired correction valve = 2 °F ( 1 °C)

Correct valve = 66 °F (19 °C)

22-265

B

A

C

The outside air temperature indicator’s displayedtemperature can be recalibrated 5 °F (or 3 °C) tomeet the customer’s expectations.


2. Select the odometer/trip A or odometer/trip Bdisplay.

3. Press and hold the RESET switch for 10 seconds.While you continue to hold the button, the displaywill scroll through temperature settings from 5 °Fto 5 °F (or 3 °C to 3 °C) as shown.

4. When the desired correction value appears on thedisplay, release the button, and the recalibratedoutside air temperature will be displayed.Each time a desired correction valve is entered, itreplaces the previous valve.

NOTE: The recalibration temperature is not thevalue the sensor sees. Therefore the temperaturecan only be adjusted degrees from the sensor.

NOTE: To recalibrate the display to the truetemperature, remove the outside air temperaturesensor (A), but leave it connected. Submerge the sensorand a thermometer (B) in a container of ice water (C).Select the calibration mode as described above, thenrecalibrate the display to the true temperature.

07/05/10 10:25:52 61SJC020_220_0268

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２２１７０８５９９０１ＦＨＡＴ００

22-266

Gauges

Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement

A

B

Terminal

Position

SELECT

2 5 1 63

RESET


2. Carefully push out the select/reset switch (A) frombehind the instrument panel.


4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace theillumination bulb (B) or the switch.

07/05/10 10:25:53 61SJC020_220_0269

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２６３７０１０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-267



DOOR and TAILGATE OPEN MONITOR

TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR

IN-BED TRUNK LID OPENINDICATOR



TAILGATE SWITCH

IN-BED TRUNK LIDLATCH SWITCH

LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH

DRIVER’S DOOR SWITCH


07/05/10 10:25:53 61SJC020_220_0270

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２６３７０１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－－

－

－

－

22-268


Circuit Diagram

1111


BLK/YEL

G1

D6 B4

A6

X35N44

2

12

3

BLU/YEL

BLK

G601

Q7

A10

G401

BLKGRN/WHTGRN/YEL

E14 H13

Q11

GAUGE CONTROL MODULEA19A20

C10B6

BRN/YEL

UNDER DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX N28

BLK

G402

MICU

H12E15

GRN LT GRN/RED

G602

BLK

BLU/ORN

No.21 (7.5 A)

No.7 (7.5 A)

WHT/RED


No.15 (40 A)No.22 (BAT) (120 A)

YEL

WHTIG1

BATBLK/YEL

YEL

No.23 (IG) (50 A)


BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH


IN BEDTRUNK LIDOPENINDICATOR(LED)


DOOR MONITORS(In the LCD display)

B CANTRANSCEIVER

TAILGATESWITCH(Closed :Tailgate open)





FRONTPASSENGER’SDOORCOURTESYLIGHT



WARNINGDRIVE CIRCUIT

07/05/10 10:26:30 61SJC020_220_0271

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２６３７０１０００００ＦＣＡＴ００

MICU

22-269



GRNGRN/YEL


LT GRN/RED

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR Q (14P)

BLU/ORNBLU/YEL

GRN/WHT

NOTE: Before troubleshooting the safety indicator system, troubleshoot the multiplex integrated control system firstusing B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-99).



3.




(cont’d)

07/05/10 10:26:30 61SJC020_220_0272

Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connectors E, H and Q (see page 22-61).

Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is not

obtained

22-270



5. Reconnect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and make these inputtests at the appropriate connectors on the under-dash fuse/relay box.


•••••

••

•••••••••••••••••••

E15 GRN Driver’s dooropen



Driver’s doorclosed



H12 LT GRN/RED

Front passenger’sdoor open


Faulty front passenger’s doorswitchAn open in the wire

Front passenger’sdoor closed


Faulty front passenger’s doorswitchShort to ground

E14 GRN/YEL Left rear dooropen



Left rear doorclosed



H13 GRN/WHT Right rear dooropen



Right rear doorclosed



Q7 BLU/YEL In-bed trunk lidopen


Poor ground (G601)Faulty in-bed trunk lid latch switchAn open in the wire

In-bed trunk lidclosed


Faulty in-bed trunk lid latch switchShort to ground

Q11 BLU/ORN Tailgate open Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Poor ground (G602)Faulty tailgate latch switchAn open in the wire

Tailgate closed Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Faulty tailgate latch switchShort to ground

07/05/10 10:26:30 61SJC020_220_0273

＊０２



obtained

22-271

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR A (20P) GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR C (20P)

WHT/RED YEL

BLKBLK



8. Disconnect the gauge control module connectors A (20P) and C (20P).



10. Reconnect the connectors to the gauge control module, turn the ignition switch ON (II), and make these input testsat the connector.


••

••

•

••

•




A10 BLK Under allconditions



A19 WHT/RED Under allconditions



A20 YEL Ignition switchON (II)



11. If all the input tests prove OK, and no DTCs were found during multiplex integrated control systemtroubleshooting (B-CAN System Diagnostic Test Mode A), go to the B-CAN system input and output index(see page 22-92). If multiple failures are found on more than one control unit, replace the under-dash fuse/relaybox (includes the MICU). If input failures are related to particular control unit, replace the control unit.

Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals

07/05/10 10:26:30 61SJC020_220_0274

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３２１４６１０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－－

－

－

－

－

－

22-272

Reminder Systems

Circuit Diagram

•

•

•

•BEEPER

MICU

without power seat

11


*2 : ’07 08 RTX models’07 08 models with power seat’06 model,*1 :

3*

2*

BLU/YEL

A6

B4

X35N44

BLK/YEL

G1

D6

1*

4* 1

2

5 6

P7

WHT/RED

WHT/BLK

WHT/RED

GRN/ORN

GRN/ORN

GRN/ORN

B9

INTERFACE

DRIVE CIRCUIT

G403

BLK

P1

BLK

G501

E9

DRIVE CIRCUITDRIVE CIRCUIT

YEL/RED

B11

P13

DRIVE CIRCUIT

BLU/REDBLU/RED

C10A10

G402

BLKBLK

G401

SRS UNIT

F14H14

LT GRN

X27 N28

BRN/YEL

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE A19A20

B6

No.21 (7.5 A)

No.7 (7.5 A)

WHT/RED


No.15 (40 A)No.22 (BAT) (120 A)

YEL

WHTIG1

BATBLK/YEL

YEL

No.23 (IG) (50 A)

UNDER HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOXBATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH

G401G501

BLK

RED/WHT

BLK


BRAKESYSTEMLIGHT(LED)

LOW OILPRESSUREINDICATOR(LED)

SEAT BELTREMINDERLIGHT(LED)

LIGHTS ONINDICATOR(LED)

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT/CONTROLLERAREA NETWORK CONTROLLER

B CANTRANSCEIVER

COMBINATION SWITCHCONTROL UNIT(in the WIPER/WASHER SWITCH)

IMMOBILIZERCONTROLUNITRECEIVER

PARKINGBRAKESWITCH(Closed :Pedal pressed)(Open :Pedal released)

OILPRESSURESWITCH(Closed :Engine stopped)

DRIVER’SSEAT BELTBUCKLESWITCH(Closed : Unbuckled)(Open : Buckled)


IGNITIONKEY LIGHT (LED)


PARKINGBRAKEREMINDERSEATBELTREMINDERKEY INREMINDERLIGHTS ONREMINDER

2

1

1

2

07/05/10 10:26:31 61SJC020_220_0275

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ２６３４３２３００５３ＦＣＡＴ１０

MICU


obtained

22-273



BLK


BLU/RED

WHT/BLK

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOXCONNECTOR P (30P)

RED/WHTBLK

NOTE: Before troubleshooting the reminder systems, key light timer, and engine oil pressure indicator system,troubleshoot the multiplex integrated control system first using B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page22-99).



3. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connectors E, H, and P (see page 22-61).




5. With the connectors still disconnected, make these input tests at the appropriate connectors on the under-dashfuse/relay box.


•

••

P7 WHT/BLK Under allconditions

Attach to ground:The ignition key light shouldcome on.

Blown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxFaulty ignition key lightAn open in the wire

(cont’d)

07/05/10 10:26:31 61SJC020_220_0276

＊０２



Possible cause if desired result is not

obtained

22-274

Reminder Systems



GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR C (20P)

BLK


YEL/RED

BLK

6. Reconnect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and make these inputtests at the appropriate connectors on the under-dash fuse/relay box.


••

••

••••••••••

E9 BLK Under allconditions



P1 BLK Under allconditions



H14 BLU/RED Driver’s seat beltunbuckled


Faulty driver’s seat belt switchPoor ground (G501)An open in the wire

Driver’s seat beltbuckled


Faulty driver’s seat belt switchShort to ground

P13 RED/WHT Ignition key inthe ignitionswitch


Faulty ignition key switchPoor ground (G401)An open in the wire

Ignition key outof the ignitionswitch





9. Disconnect gauge control module connectors A (20P), B (14P) and C (20P).


07/05/10 10:26:31 61SJC020_220_0277


obtained

22-275



11. Reconnect the connectors at the under-dash fuse/relay box and the gauge control module.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If the input tests prove OK, go to step 12.

•••••••

••

B11 YEL/RED Engine OFF Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 1 V.

Faulty oil pressure switchAn open in the wire

Engine running Check for voltage to ground:There should be 5 V or more.

Mechanical problem in the engineFaulty oil pressure switchAn open in the wire

A10 BLK Under allconditions






12. Do the Gauge Self-diagnostic Procedure (see page 22-244).

• If the beeper sounds and the seat belt reminder light flashes, go to step 13.• If the beeper does not sound or the seat belt reminder light does not flash, replace the gauge control module.

13. Substitute a known-good gauge control module and recheck the system.

• If the symptom is gone, the gauge control module is faulty; replace it.• If the symptom is still present, the MICU is faulty; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box.

07/05/10 10:26:31 61SJC020_220_0278

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＢ９Ｊ３４２００００００００ＤＡＡＴ０２

22-276

Moonroof


MOONROOF OPEN RELAY

MOONROOF CLOSE RELAY

MOONROOF SWITCH

MOONROOF MOTOR

MOONROOFLIMIT SWITCH

Wire colors: GRN/YEL, GRN,GRY/BLU, BLK and GRN/WHTTest, page 22-75

Wire colors: GRN/BLK, GRN,GRN/WHT, BLK and GRN/WHTTest, page 22-75

Test, page 22-279



07/05/10 10:26:33 61SJC020_220_0279

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＢ９Ｊ３４２００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

－

22-277

Circuit Diagram

A6

G1

31

4 2 5

3 1

425

BLK/YEL

SW1 SW2

CLOSE

CLOSE

CLOSE CLOSE

POSITION SW1 SW2

OPENOPENSLIDE FULL OPEN

OPENOPENSLIDE HALF OPEN

CLOSEOPENCLOSED

TILT HALF OPEN

CLOSETILT FULL OPEN

(20 A)No.11

H12E15

LT GRN/REDGRN

MICU

P12

GRN/WHT

GRY/BLU

GRN/WHT GRN/WHT

IGNITION SWITCH

IG1

BATBLK/YEL

WHT

G401

BLK

RED/BLK

5416

GRN/ORNLT GRN/BLK

23

14

GRY/BLU

GRY/BLU

OPENCLOSEOPEN

23

RED

TILTOPEN CLOSE

BLK

G401

1 2

GRN/WHTGRN/BLKGRN/YEL

BLK BLK

GRNGRN

GRN

No.21(7.5 A)

WHT




DRIVER’SDOORSWITCH

FRONTPASSENGER’SDOORSWITCH

MOONROOFOPENRELAY

MOONROOFCLOSERELAY

MOONROOFMOTOR

MOONROOFLIMITSWITCH


MOONROOFSWITCHLIGHT

(0.84 W)


AUXILIARYUNDER HOODFUSE BOX


07/05/10 10:26:34 61SJC020_220_0280

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＢ９Ｊ３４２０００４０９５１ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＢ９Ｊ３４２０００４０９５１ＫＢＡＴ００

22-27822-278

Moonroof

Limit Switch Test Limit Switch Replacement

A

B

TILT

OPEN

CLOSE

Terminal

Position1 2 3 4

D5 x 0.8 mm5 N·m (0.5 kgf·m, 4 lbf·ft)

B

A

B

C

1. Remove the headliner (see page 20-70).

2. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the moonrooflimit switch (B).


4. If the continuity is not as specified, adjust themoonroof limit switch (see page 20-57), then repeatstep 3.If the continuity is still not as specified after theadjustment, replace the moonroof limit switch.


2. Mark the position of the moonroof limit switch (A)on the moonroof fame (B).

3. Disconnect the 4P connector (C) from the moonrooflimit switch.

4. Remove the two mounting bolts (D).

5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal.

6. Adjust the moonroof limit switch as needed(see page 20-57).

07/05/10 10:26:34 61SJC020_220_0281

０１

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＢ９Ｊ３４２０００４１５０１ＦＥＡＴ００

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＢ９Ｊ３４２０００４１００１ＦＥＡＴ００

22-27922-279

Switch Test Moonroof Motor Test

A

B

Terminal

Position

CLOSE

TILT

OPEN

2 5 1 3 4 6

A

B

Terminal

Position

OPEN

CLOSE

1 2

NOTE: The moonroof can still be operated for about10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned from the‘‘II’’ to the ‘‘I’’ or ‘‘O’’ positions, as long as none of thedoors are opened. This provides a convenience toparked occupants while offering a degree of securityagainst unwanted or accidental moonroof operation.


2. Carefully push out the moonroof switch (A) frombehind the dashboard lower cover.


4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb(B) or the switch.


2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the moonroofmotor (B).

3. Check the motor by connecting power and groundaccording to the table.

4. If the motor does not run, replace it.

NOTE: See closing force check (see page 20-58) formotor clutch test.

07/05/10 10:26:35 61SJC020_220_0282

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２１１５０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-280




REAR ACCESSORYPOWER SOCKET RELAY

REAR ACCESSORYPOWER SOCKET

DRIVER’S ACCESSORYPOWER SOCKET

FRONT PASSENGER’SACCESSORY POWER SOCKET

FRONT ACCESSORYPOWER SOCKET RELAY

Test, page 22-75




Wire colors: BLK, YEL/RED,GRN/ORN and BLU/ORNTest, page 22-75

07/05/10 10:26:37 61SJC020_220_0283

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２１１５０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

22-281

Circuit Diagram

A5B4

D6

G1BLK/YEL

N42N8

N36


WHT

(15 A)No.5

BLU/ORN YEL/RED

BLK

G401

GRN/ORN

2

1

BLK

G402

GRN/ORN

G402

BLK

1

2

GRN/ORN WHT/RED

IGNITION SWITCH

ACC

BAT

No.15 (40 A)

BLK

G401G501

BLK

1

2

No.9(10 A)

YEL

No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A)BATTERY

(7.5 A)No.32

WHT/BLK

WHT

ACC HOT in ACC (I)and ON (II)

REARACCESSORYPOWERSOCKET

UNDER DASHFUSE/RELAYBOX

FRONTPASSENGER’SACCESSORYPOWERSOCKET

DRIVER’SACCESSORYPOWERSOCKET

AUXILIARYUNDER HOODFUSE/RELAYBOX

FRONTACCESSORYPOWERSOCKETRELAY

REARACCESSORYPOWERSOCKETRELAY

07/05/10 10:26:37 61SJC020_220_0284

＊０１

０２

０３

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２１１５１２４０２ＦＨＡＴ００

22-282


Driver’s and Front Passenger’s Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement

GRN/ORN BLK

B

A

B A

A

1. Remove the center lower console (see page 20-84).

2. Disconnect the 2P connectors (A) from theaccessory power sockets (B).

3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they areall making good contact.

• If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded,repair them as necessary and recheck the system.

• If the terminals look OK, go to step 4.

4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I).

5. Check for voltage between the accessory powersocket 2P connector No. 1 terminal and bodyground. There should be battery voltage.

• If there is battery voltage, go to step 6.• If there is no battery voltage, check for:

– Blown No. 5 (15 A) fuse in the auxiliary under-hood fuse/relay box.

– Blown No. 32 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dashfuse/relay box.

– Faulty front accessory power socket relay.– Poor ground (G 402).– An open in the wire.

6. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminaland body ground. There should be continuity.

• If there is continuity, go to step 7.• If there is no continuity, check for:

– Poor ground (G 402).– An open in the wire.

7. Remove the socket (A).

8. Remove the housing (A) from the panel.

9. Install the power socket in the reverse order ofremoval.


07/05/10 10:26:37 61SJC020_220_0285

＊０１０２

０３

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４２１１５１２４０３ＦＨＡＴ００

22-283

Rear Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement

WHT/RED BLK

A

B

A

A

NOTE: Before troubleshooting the rear accessorypower socket, perform the multiplex integrated controlsystem troubleshooting using B-CAN System DiagnosisTest Mode A (see page 22-99).

1. Remove the console rear trim (see page 20-80).

2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the accessorypower socket (B).

3. Inspect the connector terminals to sure they are allmaking good contact.

• If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded,repair them as necessary and recheck the system.

• If the terminals look OK, go to step 4.

4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I).

5. Check for voltage between the power accessorysocket 2P connector No. 1 terminal and bodyground. There should be battery voltage.

• If there is battery voltage, go to step 6.• If there is no battery voltage, check for:

– Blown No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

– Blown No. 32 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dashfuse/relay box.

– Faulty rear accessory power socket relay.– Poor ground (G 401).– An open in the wire.

6. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminaland body ground. There should be continuity.• If there is continuity, go to step 7.• If there is no continuity, check for:

– Poor ground (G 501).– An open in the wire.

7. Remove the socket (A).

8. Remove the housing (A) from the panel.

9. Install the power socket in the reverse order ofremoval.


07/05/10 10:26:38 61SJC020_220_0286

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６１２７００００００ＤＡＡＴ５５

22-284

Power Seats


DRIVER’S SEAT

FRONT UP-DOWN MOTOR

RECLINE MOTOR

REAR UP-DOWN MOTOR

POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH

SLIDE MOTOR

Test, page 22-287

Test, page 22-287

Test, page 22-287


Test, page 22-287

07/05/10 10:26:39 61SJC020_220_0287

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６１２７００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－

－－－－

－

22-285

Circuit Diagram

B1

B6

BLK/YEL

F11F13

G501

2 1 2 1

REAR UP DOWN MOTOR RECLINE MOTORSLIDE MOTORFRONT UP DOWN MOTOR

2121

4

WHT

6

YEL

12

BLU/ORN

1

ORN

5

YEL/RED

11

BRN

7

LT GRN

3

BLK

UPDOWN

28

910

LT BLU

DRIVER’S POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH

DOWN UP

BLU

WHT/REDWHT/BLU

(20 A)No.16

BLK

G501

No.14(20 A)

No.22 (SEAT) (40 A)BATTERY


BACKWARD

FORWARD

FORWARD

BACKWARD


07/05/10 10:26:39 61SJC020_220_0288

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６１２７０４６７０１ＦＨＡＴ５５

22-286

Power Seats

Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement

B

A

Terminal

Position

SLIDESWITCH

RECLINESWITCH

FRONTUP-DOWNSWITCH

REARUP-DOWNSWITCH

1 10 11 12

Forward

Backward

UP

DOWN

Forward

Backward

UP

DOWN

2 43 5 6 7 8 9

1. Remove the power seat adjustment switch knobs (A) and recline cover from the driver’s power seat (see step 7 onpage 20-101), then remove the two screws and the power seat adjustment switch (B).

2. Disconnect the 12P connector from the power seat adjustment switch.

3. Reinstall the adjustment switch knobs to the switch.

4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table.

5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.

07/05/10 10:26:40 61SJC020_220_0289

０１

０２

０３

０４

０５

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６１２７０４６５０１ＦＥＡＴ５５

Slide motor

Recline motor

Front up-down motor

Rear up-down motor

22-287

Motor Test

A

B

Forward

Backward

Terminal

Position

7 11

Forward

Backward

Terminal

Position6 12

UP

DOWN

Terminal

Position3 9

UP

DOWN

Terminal

Position1 5

1. Remove the driver’s seat (see page 20-97).

2. Remove the power seat adjustment switch knobsand recline cover from the seat (see step 7 on page20-101).

3. Disconnect the 12P connector (A) from the powerseat adjustment switch (B).

4. Test each motor by applying battery voltage andbody ground to the 12P connector terminals.

5. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly,check for an open in the driver’s seat wire harnessand recline motor subharness. If the harness is OK,replace the motor.

• Recline motor (see page 20-103).• Other motors:

– ’06 model (see page 20-108)– ’07-08 models (see page 20-109)


07/05/10 10:26:40 61SJC020_220_0290

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６１７０４０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-288

Seat Heaters


UNDER-HOODFUSE/RELAY BOX/RELAY CONTROL MODULE

SEAT HEATER RELAY

DRIVER’S SEAT-BACKHEATER

FRONT PASSENGER’SSEAT CUSHION HEATER

DRIVER’S SEATCUSHION HEATER

DRIVER’S SEAT HEATER SWITCHFRONT PASSENGER’SSEAT HEATER SWITCH

Test, page 22-75

Test, page 22-290

Test, page 22-290

Test, page 22-290

Test/Replacement, page 22-291 Test/Replacement, page 22-291

07/05/10 10:26:42 61SJC020_220_0291

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６１７０４０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－－

－－

－－

－－－－

－－

22-289

Circuit Diagram

E7

D7A4G1BLK/YEL

E8F14


No.30 (7.5 A)

BLKB1

GRY/BLU

GRY/BLU

BR

GRN/YEL

IG2 HOT in ON (II)

CUSHION

B2

TH

A2

G501

BLK

YEL

GRY

LO HI HILO LO HI

RED GRY/RED BLK

TH

BR

CUSHION BACK

A4A3

DRIVER’S SEAT HEATER

HILO LO HI HILO

GRN

RED/BLK

BLK

2 1

G501

BLK

RED/BLK

5 2

1 3 4 6 3 4

52

6

RED

3

G402

BLK

GRY/BLU

SEAT HEATER RELAY

No.11 (15 A)

No.23 (IG) (50 A)No.22 (BAT) (120 A) BAT

IG2

IGNITION SWITCH

WHT YEL BLK/YEL

BLK

G202

BATTERY

HI : High: LowLO

1



DRIVER’S SEATHEATER SWITCH

FRONT PASSENGER’SSEAT HEATER SWITCH

LIGHT(0.56 W)

INDICATORS(0.84 Wx2)

INDICATORS(0.84 Wx2)

LIGHT(0.56 W)


FRONT PASSENGER’SSEAT HEATER



(ON : 77 95 °F (25 35 °C) )

(ON : 84 102 °F (29 39 °C) )(OFF : 100 118 °F (38 48 °C) )

(OFF : 113 131 °F (45 55 °C) ): THERMOSTATTH

: BREAKERBR

07/05/10 10:26:42 61SJC020_220_0292

０１０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６１７０４５３６９１ＦＥＡＴ００

Driver’s Seat Front Passenger’s Seat

22-290

Seat Heaters

Seat Heater Test

A

B

A

1. Remove the driver’s seat (see page 20-97).

2. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) and 2P connector(B) from the seat heater.

3. Check for continuity between the B1 and B2terminals of the seat-back heater 2P connector.There should be continuity.

4. Check for continuity between the A2 and B1terminals, the A3 and A4 terminals, and the A3 andB2 terminals. There should be continuity.

5. If the continuity check is not as specified, replacethe appropriate seat heater.

1. Remove the passenger’s seat (see page 20-97).

2. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the seatheater.

3. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 3terminals, and No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the 4Pconnector. There should be continuity.

4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the seatheater.




07/05/10 10:26:43 61SJC020_220_0293

０１

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６１７０４５３７１１ＦＨＡＴ００

22-291

Switch Test/Replacement

AB

Terminal

Position

OFF

ON

6321

HIGH

LOW

4 5

1. Remove the dashboard center lower cover(see page 20-84).

2. Remove the two screws and the switch (A).


4. If the continuity check is not as specified, replacethe illumination bulbs (B) or the switch.

07/05/10 10:26:43 61SJC020_220_0294

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３０００４４０５１ＤＡＡＴ００

22-292

Power Mirrors


POWER MIRRORSPOWER MIRROR SWITCH

Function Test, page 22-294Replacement, page 20-27Power Mirror Actuator Test, page 22-296Mirror Actuator Replacement, page 22-297


07/05/10 10:26:44 61SJC020_220_0295

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３００００００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

－

22-293

Circuit Diagram

J7A4G1BLK/YEL

IG2 HOT in ON (II)

* : RTL, EXL, and LX models

INDICATORLIGHT*(LED)

RED

LIGHT(0.56W)

RED/BLK

9

4

BLU/WHT

BLK/YEL BLK/YEL

SWITCH*DEFOGGER

DOWN

1*

8*

ORNORN

ORN

G402G501

BLK

3*

2*

DEFOGGER* DEFOGGER*

2*

3*

BLK

GRN/WHT

BLU/BLK

RED/YEL

BLU/WHTGRN/WHT GRN/WHT

LEFT MIRROR RIGHT MIRROR 77

86 68

UP RIGHT

LEFTDOWN DOWN LEFT

RIGHTUP

WHT/RED

G501

POWER MIRROR SWITCH

5

2

BLK/YEL

RIGHT

LEFT

UP

613121110

RIGHTLEFT LEFT RIGHT

No.30 (7.5 A)

YEL

IGNITION SWITCH

IG2

BAT


BLK

WHT





07/05/10 10:26:44 61SJC020_220_0296

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３００００００００ＦＥＡＴ００

Both mirrors

Left mirror

Right mirror

Defogger (USA models: RTL, Canada models: LX, EXL)

22-294

Power Mirrors

Power Mirror Switch Function Test

A

B


2. Disconnect the 13P connector (A) from the powermirror switch (B), and inspect the terminals. If OK,go to step 3.

3. Choose the appropriate test based on thesymptom:

• Both mirrors don’t work, go to step 4.• Left mirror doesn’t work, go to step 6.• Right mirror doesn’t work, go to step 7.• Defoggers don’t work, go to step 8.

4. Reconnect the power mirror switch connector, andcheck for voltage between the No. 2 terminal andbody ground with the ignition switch ON (II) whileoperating the power mirror switch.There should be battery voltage.

• If there is no battery voltage, check for:– Blown No. 30 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash

fuse/relay box.– An open in the BLK/YEL wire.

• If there is battery voltage, go to step 5.

5. Check for voltage between the No. 6 terminal andbody ground while operating the power mirrorswitch.There should be less than 1 V.

• If there is more than 1 V, check for:– An open in the BLK wire.– Poor ground (G 501).

• If there is less than 1 V, check both mirrorsindividually as described in step 6 and 7.

6. Connect the No. 2 terminal to the No. 10 terminal,and the No. 5 (or No. 12) terminal to body groundwith jumper wires. The left mirror should tilt down(or swing left) with the ignition switch ON (II).

• If the mirror does not tilt down (or does not swingleft), check for an open in the GRN/WHT (or BLU/WHT) wire between the left mirror and the 13Pconnector. If the wire is OK, check the left mirroractuator.

• If the mirror neither tilts down nor swings left,check for an open in the BLU/BLK wire.

• If the mirror works properly, check the mirrorswitch.

7. Connect the No. 2 terminal to the No. 11 terminal,and the No. 5 (or No. 13) terminal to body groundwith jumper wires. The right mirror should tiltdown (or swing left) with the ignition switch ON (II).

• If the mirror does not tilt down (or does not swingleft), check for an open in the GRN/WHT (or WHT/RED) wire between the right mirror and the 13Pconnector. If the wire is OK, check the rightmirror actuator.

• If the mirror neither tilts down nor swings left,check for an open in the RED/YEL wire.

• If the mirror works properly, check the mirrorswitch.

8. Connect the No. 1 and No. 8 terminals with ajumper wire, and check for voltage between theNo. 1 terminal and body ground. There should bebattery voltage and both mirrors should warm upwith the ignition switch ON (II).

• If there is no voltage or neither warms up, checkfor:– An open in the BLK/YEL and ORN wires.– Blown No. 30 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash

fuse/relay box.– Poor ground (G 402, G501).

• If only one fails to warm up, check its defogger.• If both warm up, check the defogger switch.


07/05/10 10:26:45 61SJC020_220_0297

０１

０２

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３０００４４０４１ＦＨＡＴ００

Mirror Switch:

Defogger Switch:

22-295

Power Mirror Switch Test/Replacement

AB

Terminal

Position

UP

DOWN

LEFT

RIGHT

L

UP

DOWN

LEFT

RIGHT

R

2 5 6 10 11 12 13

Terminal

Position

ON

OFF

1 8 6

1. Disconnect the 13P connector (A) from the powermirror switch (B).


3. If the continuity is not as specified, remove thescrews and replace the power mirror switch.

07/05/10 10:26:45 61SJC020_220_0298

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３０００４４０３１ＦＥＡＴ００

Defogger Test

22-296

Power Mirrors

Power Mirror Actuator Test

A

B

Terminal

Position6 7 8

TILT UP

TILT DOWN

SWING LEFT

SWING RIGHT

NOTE: The power mirror actuator can be tested byusing the HDS by following these steps:

• Select BODY ELECTRICAL from the SYSTEM SELECTMENU.

• Select FUNCTION TESTS, and then the appropriatepower mirror function test.

1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-7) and themirror mount cover (see page 20-27).

2. Disconnect the 8P connector (A) from the powermirror actuator (B).

3. Check actuator operation by connecting power andground according to the table.

4. If the mirror fails to work properly, replace themirror actuator.

5. Reconnect the 8P connector to the mirror actuator,turn the ignition switch ON (II) and the mirrordefogger switch is ON.

6. Measure voltage between the No. 2 and No. 3terminals of the 8P connector. There should bebattery voltage. If there is no voltage, check for anopen in the wire. If voltage is as specified and themirror fails to warm up, replace the mirrordefoggers.

07/05/10 10:26:45 61SJC020_220_0299

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ３４３０００４４０３１ＫＢＡＴ００

22-297

Power Mirror Actuator Replacement

A

B

1. Remove the mirror (see page 20-28).

2. Remove the three screws from the actuator (A).

3. Record the connector locations, then disconnectthe connectors (B) and remove the actuator.

4. Install in the reverse of removal.

5. Operate the power mirror to check that the actuatorworks smoothly.

07/05/10 10:26:46 61SJC020_220_0300

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６１２７０３７９０１ＤＡＡＴ００

Driver’s side shown

22-298



LUMBAR SUPPORT MOTOR

LUMBAR SUPPORT SWITCH

Test, page 22-300


07/05/10 10:27:26 61SJC020_220_0301

０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６１２７０３７９０１ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

22-299

Circuit Diagram

B1

B6

BLK/YEL

F7

LUMBAR SUPPORT MOTOR

BACKWARD FORWARD

BLK

BLK

1

WHT/BLK

4

BLK

5

RED

2

BLU

3

21

G501


No.22 (SEAT) (40 A)BATTERY

(10 A)No.13

BLU


LUMBARSUPPORTSWITCH

07/05/10 10:27:26 61SJC020_220_0302

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６１２７０３７９０５ＦＨＡＴ００

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＤＪ４６１２７０３７９０３ＦＥＡＴ００

22-30022-300


Switch Test/Replacement Motor Test

A

B

C

Forward

Backward

Terminal

Position1 2 3 4 5

A

Forward

Backward

Terminal

Position

1 2

1. Separate the lumbar support switch cover (A) fromthe switch (B).

2. Disconnect the 5P connector (C) from the switch.



1. Remove the front seat (see page 20-97).

2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the lumbarsupport motor.

3. Test each motor by applying battery voltage andbody ground to the terminals.

4.


07/05/10 10:27:27 61SJC020_220_0303

If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replacethe lumbar support actuator (see page 20-110).

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１８５７３５０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-301



IN-BED TRUNK LIDKEY CYLINDER SWITCH

IN-BED TRUNK LIDHANDLE SWITCH

IN-BED TRUNK LID ACTUATOR/LATCH SWITCH

TAILGATE SWITCH

IN-BED TRUNK LID MAIN SWITCH

MICU(Built into theunder-dash fuse/relay box)

Test, page 22-150


Actuator Test, page 22-304Latch Switch Test, page 22-180


07/05/10 10:27:28 61SJC020_220_0304

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１８５７３５０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－－

－－

－

－

－－

22-302


Circuit Diagram

B4

A6

D6

G1

* : RTS, RTL, and EXL models

*

UNLOCK

BLK/YEL

1

2

Q4

G602

BLK

GRY/BLU

MICU

Q11

2

1

BLU/ORN

BLK

G602


Q12

G602

BLK

RED/BLU

1

2

Q7

3

BLU/YEL

2

1

1

2

F5

G601

BLK

RED/WHT

YEL/BLU



No.15 (40 A)

WHT

YEL

BAT

IG1

IGNITION SWITCH

BLK/YEL

No.21 (7.5 A)

No.7 (7.5 A)

No.8 (20 A)



IN BEDTRUNK LIDACTUATOR


IN BEDTRUNK LIDACTUATOR/LATCH SWITCH

IN BEDTRUNK LIDMAINSWITCH(Closed :Switch ON)

IN BEDTRUNK LIDHANDLESWITCH(Closed :Switch ON)

IN BEDTRUNK LIDKEYCYLINDERSWITCH

TAILGATESWITCH(Closed :Tailgateopen)

07/05/10 10:27:29 61SJC020_220_0305

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１８５７３５３５２８１ＦＨＡＴ００

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１８５７３５３５２３５ＦＥＡＴ００

22-30322-303

Main Switch Test/Replacement In-Bed Trunk Lid Handle Switch

A

BA

B


2. Carefully push the main switch (A) out.

3. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the mainswitch.


• With the main switch ON, there should becontinuity.

• With the main switch OFF, there should be nocontinuity.

5. If the continuity check is not as specified, replacethe main switch.

1. Open the in-bed trunk lid, and remove the in-bedtrunk lid inner cover (see step 2 on page 20-187).

2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the in-bedtrunk lid handle switch (B).

3. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2terminal.

• With the handle pushed, there should becontinuity.

• With the handle released, there should be nocontinuity.

4. If the continuity check is not as specified, replacethe switch (see page 20-188).

07/05/10 10:27:29 61SJC020_220_0306

Test/Replacement

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ１８５７３５３５２３１ＦＥＡＴ００

22-304


In-Bed Trunk Lid Actuator Test

A

B

Terminal

Position1 2

LOCK

UNLOCK

1. Remove the in-bed trunk lid trim (see page 20-166).

2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the in-bedtrunk lid actuator/latch switch (B).

3. Check in-bed trunk lid actuator operation byconnecting power and ground according to thetable. To prevent damage to the in-bed trunk lidopener solenoid, apply battery voltage onlymomentarily.

4. If the in-bed trunk lid actuator does not work asspecified, replace it.

07/05/10 10:27:29 61SJC020_220_0307

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＣＪ２６３２４２０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

RTL, RTS, and EXL models

22-305

Electrical Compass


ELECTRICAL COMPASS UNIT(Built into the rear view mirror)

07/05/10 10:27:30 61SJC020_220_0308


０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＣＪ２６３２４２０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

22-306

Electrical Compass

Circuit Diagram

A6

G1BLK/YEL

W3

2

1

WHT

BAT

IG1

BLK

YEL/GRN

G401


No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A)BATTERY

(7.5 A)No.20

BLK/YEL



IGNITIONSWITCH

ELECTRICAL COMPASS UNIT(Built into the rear view mirror)

07/05/10 10:27:30 61SJC020_220_0309

０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＣＪ２６３２４２２４０５１ＦＣＡＴ００

Cavity Wire Test Condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result

is not obtained

22-307

Electrical Compass Unit Input Test

A

B

1. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the electrical compass (B).



3. Reconnect the connector, and make these input tests at the connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the electrical compass unit must be faulty; replace it.

•••

•


Check for voltage to ground:There should be less than 0.5 V.


1 YEL/GRN Ignition switch ON(II)


Blown No. 20 (7.5 A) fuse inthe under-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire


07/05/10 10:27:30 61SJC020_220_0310

－

－

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８ＡＧＣＪ２６３２４２０００００ＢＢＡＴ００

22-308

Electrical Compass

Electrical Compass Calibration

DISPLAY REFERENCE FOR ZONE

1. Briefly press the button to toggle the display ‘‘ON/OFF’’.

NOTE: The compass display will default ‘‘ON’’ ateach new ignition cycle.

2. With the BLUE CENTER LED displayed, press andhold the button for six seconds, or until a REDCENTER LED is displayed in the compass window,then release the button. While the RED CENTERLED is ‘‘ON’’ release the button. The compass isnow in calibration mode. To calibrate, drive thevehicle in circles at less then 5 mph (8 km/h) until aBLUE CENTER LED is displayed. Typically2 5 circles are required.

3. Find your current location and determine thecorrect zone number, for your geographic area,from the table ‘‘DISPLAY REFERENCE FOR ZONE’’.Press and hold the button for three seconds (untilALL DIRECTION BLUE LEDs BLINK), then releasethe button. The BLINKING LED(s) displayed is/arethe current zone value. (see the table ‘‘DISPLAYREFERENCE FOR ZONE’’)

4. If a new zone value is desired, briefly press thebutton to increment the displayed value (Range1 15) until you find your desired zone setting.No button activity for four seconds ends the zoneentry mode. The compass display will return tonormal operation and the new zone number will beset.

NOTE: See the table ‘‘DISPLAY REFERENCE FORZONE’’.

5. Zone selection is required to compensate for thedifference between magnetic North and geographicNorth. This deviation is referred to as declinationand can be compensated for by selecting the zonethat corresponds with your area.See this illustration. Each zone represents about5 degrees of declination.

07/05/10 10:27:31 61SJC020_220_0311

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３３４７０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-309



HEATED WINDSHIELD WIPER AREA RELAY



HEATED WINDSHIELD WIPER AREA

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Test, page 22-75

Function Test, page 22-311

07/05/10 10:27:31 61SJC020_220_0312

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３３４７０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

－

［］［］

－

［］

［］

［］［］

－

22-310


Circuit Diagram

A4

G1


B CAN

B CAN

BLK/YEL

D7

N20N22D3

E16

E7

1

2

9 8 22 20

PNK RED/BLK


G401

2

1

P23

BLK/YEL

GRN/BLK

(20 A)No.14

: Without climate control

IG2 HOT in ON (II)

15 1

1 1530 11

MICU

No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A)

BLK

G402

BLK


BLK/YELLT BLUBLK/YEL

No.30(7.5 A)

YEL

IGNITION SWITCH

IG2

BAT

WHT

BATTERY

HEATEDWINDSHIELDWIPER AREARELAY


HEATEDWINDSHIELDWIPERAREA

OUTSIDE AIRTEMPERATURESENSOR

07/05/10 10:27:32 61SJC020_220_0313

０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ５４３３４７０００００ＦＥＡＴ００

22-311

Function Test

HEATED WINDSHIELD WIPER AREARELAY 4P SOCKET

HEATED WINDSHIELD WIPER AREA2P CONNECTOR

BLK/YEL

BLK/YEL

HEATED WINDSHIELD WIPER AREA2P CONNECTOR

BLK

Before troubleshooting the heated windshield wiperarea circuit, do the multiplex integrated control systemtroubleshooting using B-CAN System Diagnosis TestMode A (see page 22-99).

NOTE: Before testing, check the No. 14 (20 A) fuse in theunder-hood fuse/relay box, No. 30 (7.5 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay box and the heated windshieldwiper area relay in the under-hood fuse/relay box.

1. Disconnect the heated windshield wiper area relayfrom the under-hood fuse/relay box.


3. Disconnect the heated windshield wiper area 2Pconnector.

4. Check for continuity between the No. 1 terminal ofthe heated windshield wiper area relay 4P socketand front window defogger 2P connector No. 1terminal.

5. There should be continuity.

• If there is no continuity, check for:– An open in the BLK/YEL wire between the

heated windshield wiper area relay and heatedwindshield wiper area.

• If there is continuity, go to step 6.

6. Check for continuity between the heatedwindshield wiper area 2P connector No. 2 terminaland body ground.

7. If there is no continuity, check for an open in thewiper or poor ground (G401).

• If there is continuity, check for:– Faulty climate control unit (or heater control

panel).– An open in the heated windshield wiper area

wire. Repair the heated windshield wiper areawire or replace the windshield.

Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

07/05/10 10:27:32 61SJC020_220_0314

＊０１

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＤＡＡＴ００

22-312

Immobilizer System


PCM

TRANSPONDER(Built into the ignition key)

IGNITION KEY

IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT-RECEIVER

IMMOBILIZER INDICATOR

Replacement, page 11-205Substitute known-good for testing,page 11-8

Registration, page 22-324

Troubleshooting, page 22-316


07/05/10 10:27:33 61SJC020_220_0315


＊０３

22-313

IMOES UNIT(’07-08 Canada models)

IMOES UNIT(’08 USA models)

07/05/10 10:27:34 61SJC020_220_0316

Input Test/Replacement, page 22-326

Input Test/Replacement, page 22-325

＊０１

０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＣＡＡＴ００

22-314

Immobilizer System

System Description

IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT-RECEIVER

PCM

IGNITION KEY(Has built-in transponder)

KEY CYLINDER

FUEL SUPPLYSYSTEM

IMOES UNIT*

*: ’07-08 Canada models, ’08 USA models

IMMOBILIZER INDICATOR BLINKING PATTERN:

IGNITION SWITCH

PROGRAMMEDKEY INSERTED

WRONG KEYINSERTED

INDICATOR

INDICATOR

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

2 sec

OFF

ON

5 sec

1 sec

1 sec

The vehicle is equipped with an immobilizer system that will disable the vehicle unless a programmed ignition key isused.This system consists of a transponder, an immobilizer control unit-receiver, immobilizer indicator, imoes unit (’07-08Canada models, ’08 USA models), and the PCM.

’07 USA models: When the immobilizer key (programmed by the HDS) is inserted into the ignition switch and turnedto the ON (II) position, the immobilizer control unit-receiver sends power to the transponder in the ignition key. Thetransponder then sends a coded signal back to the immobilizer control unit-receiver which then sends a coded signalto the PCM to supply power to the fuel pump circuit.

’07-08 Canada models, ’08 USA models: When the immobilizer key is inserted into the ignition switch and turned tothe ON (II) position, the immobilizer control unit-receiver sends power to the transponder in the ignition key. Thetransponder then sends a coded signal back to the immobilizer control unit-receiver which sends a coded signal to theimoes unit, which confirms the code and signals the PCM to supply power to the fuel pump circuit. A handshake withthe HDS is required at PCM or imoes unit repair or replacement, and all keys are required at immobilizer control unit-receiver repair or replacement.

• If a programmed key has been used, the immobilizer indicator will come on for about 2 seconds, then go off.• If the wrong key has been used or the code was not received or recognized by the unit, the indicator will come on for

about 2 seconds, then it will blink until the ignition switch is turned OFF.• If the ignition switch is turned OFF, the indicator will blink 5 seconds to signal that the unit has reset correctly, then

the indicator will go off.

07/05/10 10:27:34 61SJC020_220_0317

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＥＡＡＴ００

－

＋

－

＋

－

－

－

22-315

Circuit Diagram

G401

BLK

2

1

SWITCHH BRK

IMOCD LG1 DiagH

IMOLMPBIG1

C18

A19

B4

X35X38

A6

G1

D6

(’07 08 Canada models, ’08 USA models)

IMOCDLG1KEY SW

MICU

RED/WHT

RED/WHT

4 1 2

35

BRN/YELRED/BLURED/WHT RED/BLUBRN/YEL

B

WHT/RED BLK/GRN

IG1

IMOES UNIT

BLK/GRN

WHT/RED

BLK/YEL

BRN/YEL

LG1

A22


B43

A44

BLK/GRN

No.19(15 A)

WHT/RED

WHT/RED

IG1

BAT

IGNITION SWITCH

WHT

BLK/YEL

No.23 (IG) (50 A)

(7.5 A)No.7

GRN/ORNGRY

4

WHT/RED

7 5

BRN/YEL

LG2

YEL

IMOCD

G101

PCM

RED/BLU

6

312

IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT RECEIVER

KEY

BLU/ORN

No.15 (40 A)No.22 (BAT) (120 A)BATTERY



GAUGECONTROLMODULE

DATALINKCONNECTOR(DLC)

PARKINGBRAKESWITCH

IGNITIONKEYSWITCH(Closed:Key inserted)

IMMOBILIZERINDICATOR(LED)

07/05/10 10:27:35 61SJC020_220_0318

＋

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＢＢＡＴ００

＋

General Check before Troubleshooting

Symptom Troubleshooting Using the Immobilizer Indicator Lighting Pattern

Normal operation (Lighting pattern 1)

B line open (Lighting pattern 2)

Immobilizer code is not identified (Lighting pattern 3)

Immobilizer indicator does not come on (Lighting pattern 4)

Immobilizer indicator does not go off (Lighting pattern 5)

22-316

Immobilizer System

Symptom Troubleshooting Information

Before troubleshooting the immobilizer system, check the following general items and solve any if applicable:

• The battery is low; charge the battery fully, then troubleshoot the immobilizer system.• The ignition key is not a genuine Honda part; use the Honda- approved key blank, register the key, then troubleshoot

the immobilizer system.• A key ring, or keys, or a key case is used; remove the key from it, and troubleshoot the immobilizer system with a

key only.• An aftermarket electrical part is attached; remove it, then troubleshoot the immobilizer system.

The pattern of the immobilizer indicator light can help troubleshooting the condition of the immobilizer system.Following are descriptions of the five possible patterns:

When the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and the immobilizer code is identified, the immobilizer indicator comes onfor 2 seconds, then goes off.The immobilizer indicator blinks five times when the ignition switch is turned OFF.

When the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and the immobilizer code is identified, the immobilizer indicator comes onfor 2 seconds, then goes off.The immobilizer indicator goes off when the ignition switch is turned OFF.

When the ignition switch is turned ON (II) but the immobilizer code is not identified, the immobilizer indicator comeson for 2 seconds, then blinks. The state of the immobilizer key registration and the IMOCD line can be checked bydoing a SYSTEM CHECK and STATUS LOG CHECK with the HDS (see page 22-322).The immobilizer indicator goes off when the ignition switch is turned OFF.

If the immobilizer indicator does not come on when the ignition switch is turned ON (II), check the following items:

• Check that there is battery voltage on the B line.• Check that the LG1 line is grounded through the PCM.• Check for continuity between the immobilizer control unit-receiver and the gauge control module (IMOLMP line).• Gauge control module

If the immobilizer indicator does not go off after the ignition switch is turned ON (II), check for a short to ground in theimmobilizer circuit between the gauge module and the immobilizer control unit-receiver (IMOLMP line).

07/05/10 10:27:35 61SJC020_220_0319

＊０１＋

Symptom Troubleshooting Using Malfunctioning Circuit Functions

System Check and Status Log

22-317

on

Line error

Function

Immobilizer

Indicator

Engine start

Key registration

Tester

communication

B line open

No blinking

when ignition

switch OFF

Possible

Impossible

Possible

IG1 line open

Does not come

Impossible

Impossible

Impossible

GND (LG1) line

open

Does not come

on

Impossible

Impossible

Impossible

S-NET line

open

Blinking

Impossible

Impossible

Possible

Possible

Possible

Possible

Possible

Possible

Possible

Does not come

on

Does not go off

Immobilizer

Indicator line

open

Immobilizer

Indicator line

short

If a malfunction occurs in the immobilizer circuit, use the following table to cross-reference the malfunctioningfunction to the line(s) that should be checked:

Note: The HDS can be used to:• Check the state of the immobilizer key registration and the IMOCD line by doing a SYSTEM CHECK.• Check the number of times the immobilizer control unit-receiver doesn’t permit the engine to run by checking the

STATUS LOG.

1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector, then turn the ignition switch ON (II) and follow the prompts to theMAIN MENU.

NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the vehicle, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-194).

2. At the MAIN MENU, enter IMMOBILIZER, then select the IMMOBILIZER SET UP.

3. Do the SYSTEM CHECK. If there is a system check number, do the troubleshooting for the item indicated(see page 22-322).

4. Check the status log using the HDS. Troubleshoot the line with the highest counts (see page 22-323). If all the linesare ‘‘0’’ zero, the problem may not be caused by the immobilizer system, check for ignition or fuel problems.

NOTE: Once repaired, clear the status log by removing the No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box ordisconnecting the battery.

07/05/10 10:27:35 61SJC020_220_0320

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＦＡＡＴ００

Order of

Priority

Symptom Possible cause

22-318

Immobilizer System

Symptom Troubleshooting

1. Troubleshoot the immobilizer system by the order of the priority shown:

•

•

1 Immobilizer indicator blinks. Symptom troubleshooting (see page 22-319).2 Engine does not start with the

immobilizer key.Symptom troubleshooting (see page 22-320).

3 Immobilizer indicator does not comeon.

Check the MIL indication.If the MIL comes on, go to the PGM-FI system MILcircuit troubleshooting (see page 11-184).If the MIL does not come on, go to the gauge controlmodule self-diagnostic function (see page 22-244).

4 Immobilizer indicator does not go off. Symptom troubleshooting (see page 22-321).

07/05/10 10:27:35 61SJC020_220_0321

０１

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＦＡＡＴ０１

－

－

－

－

－

－

Immobilizer indicator blinks

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-319

IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT-RECEIVER 7P CONNECTOR

IG1 (BLK/GRN)

LG1 (BRN/YEL)


NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check the followinggeneral items and solve any if applicable:

• The battery is low; charge the battery fully, thentroubleshoot the immobilizer system.

• The ignition key is not a genuine Honda part; use theHonda-approved key blank, register the key, thentroubleshoot the immobilizer system.

• A key ring, keys, or a key case is being used; removethe key from it, and troubleshoot the immobilizersystem with only a key.

• An aftermarket electrical part is attached; remove it,then troubleshoot the immobilizer system.


2. Connect the HDS, then turn the ignition switch ON(II), and follow the prompts to the MAIN MENU.

3. At the MAIN MENU enter the IMMOBILIZER, thenselect the IMMOBILIZER SETUP.

4. Select the SYSTEM CHECK.

Troubleshoot the immobilizer systemaccording to the result of the SYSTEM CHECK(see page 22-322).

Go to step 5.


6. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover(see page 20-83) and steering column covers(see page 17-24).


8. Measure voltage between the immobilizer controlunit-receiver 7P connector No. 6 terminal and bodyground.

Go to step 9.

Repair open in the BLK/GRN wire between theunder-dash fuse-relay box and the immobilizercontrol unit-receiver.

9. Measure voltage between the immobilizer controlunit-receiver 7P connector No. 1 terminal and bodyground.

Repair poor connection or open between theimmobilizer control unit-receiver 7P connectorNo. 1 terminal and PCM A connector (44P) No. 22terminal.

Replace the immobilizer control unit-receiver.



Is the SY STEM CHECK indicated?


Is there 0.5 V or more?

07/05/10 10:27:36 61SJC020_220_0322

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＦＡＡＴ０２

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

Engine does not start with the immobilizerkey

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-320

Immobilizer System

Symptom Troubleshooting (cont’d)

NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check the followinggeneral items and solve any if applicable:

• The battery is low; charge the battery fully, thentroubleshoot the immobilizer system.

• The ignition key is not a genuine Honda part; use theHonda-approved key blank, register the key, thentroubleshoot the immobilizer system.

• A key ring, keys, or a key case is being used; removethe key from it, and troubleshoot the immobilizersystem with only a key.

• An aftermarket electrical part is attached; remove it,then troubleshoot the immobilizer system.

1. Try to start the engine.

Intermittent failure, the vehicle is OK at thistime. Check status log.

Go to step 2.


3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check theimmobilizer indicator light operation.

Go to step 4.

Go to the immobilizer indicator blinkstroubleshooting (see page 22-319).

4. Turn the ignition switch to START (III).

Go to step 5.

Go to Starting System and check the startermotor.

5. Try to start the engine with the immobilizer key.

Go to step 6.

Go to the PGM-FI System SymptomTroubleshooting.

6. Wait for a few minutes with the engine running.

Go to the PGM-FI System SymptomTroubleshooting.

The system is OK at this time.

Does the engine start?

Does the indicator come on for 2 seconds, then goof f?

Does the starter motor run?

Does the engine start?

Does the engine stop?

07/05/10 10:27:36 61SJC020_220_0323

＊０２

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＦＡＡＴ０３

－

－

－

－

Immobilizer indicator does not go off

YES

NO

YES

NO

22-321


IMOLMP (BLU/ORN)



3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and follow theprompts to the MAIN MENU.

4. At the MAIN MENU enter the IMMOBILIZER, thenselect the IMMOBILIZER INFORMATION.

5. Do the SYSTEM CHECK with the HDS.

Go to step 6.

Substitute a known-good immobilizer controlunit-receiver, then register it and recheck. If thesymptom goes away, replace the originalimmobilizer control unit-receiver.

6. Disconnect the immobilizer control unit-receiver 7Pconnector, disconnect gauge control moduleconnector C (20P) and check for continuity toground at terminal No. 5 of the immobilizer controlunit-receiver.

Repair the short to ground on the BLU/ORN(IMOLMP) wire.

Replace the gauge control module.


Is N-1 OK indicated?

Is there continuity to ground?

07/05/10 10:27:36 61SJC020_220_0324

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＦＡＡＴ５０

Status Log No. System Check Possible Failures

22-322

Immobilizer System

System Check



3. Monitor the System Check in the Immobilizer Info with the HDS.

4. If the HDS displays the ‘‘Immobilizer system is normal’’, the immobilizer system is OK. If the HDS displays any other messages, check asfollows:

••

•

••

••

•

••

••

•

•••

•

••

•

•

•

••

•

•••••

•••

•

••

A-1 Immobilizer systemis not normal

This key is not registered in the immobilizer unit. Try to register keys by using ‘‘KEYS’’.The communication was not good between the antenna and the immobilizer key byinfluence of metal such as key chains.The communication was not good between the antenna and the immobilizer key bybattery voltage low.


Intermittent interruption between transponder and immobilizer unit.The immobilizer key type is different. It is not for this vehicle but for another one or forother company’s one.Key failure (transponder failure)The communication was not good between the antenna and the immobilizer key byinfluence of metal such as key chains.The communication was not good between the antenna and the immobilizer key bybattery voltage low.


The ignition switch was turned on with a non-immobilizer key.The immobilizer key type is different. It is not for this vehicle but for another one or forother company’s one.Key failure (transponder failure)The communication was not good between the antenna and the immobilizer key byinfluence of metal such as key chains.The communication was not good between the antenna and the immobilizer key bybattery voltage low.Immobilizer unit failure

B-1 Immobilizer systemis not normal

The PCM was not registered. Try to register the PCM by using ‘‘REPLACE PCM’’.The communication was not good between the PCM and the immobilizer unit by batteryvoltage low.The communication was not good between the immobilizer unit and the PCM byinfluence of some noise.

B-2 Immobilizer systemis not normal

The PCM was not registered. Try to register the PCM by using ‘‘REPLACE PCM’’.The communication was not good between the PCM and the immobilizer unit by batteryvoltage low.The communication was not good between the immobilizer unit and the PCM byinfluence of some noise.

C-1 Immobilizer systemis not normal

The imoes unit was not registered. Try to register the imoes unit by using ‘‘REPLACE MICU/IMOES’’.

C-2 Immobilizer systemis not normal

The imoes unit was not registered. Try to register the imoes unit by using ‘‘REPLACEMICU/IMOES’’.The communication was not good between the immobilizer control unit-receiver and theimoes unit by influence of some noise.

D-1 Immobilizer systemis not normal

Harness short from the PCM to the immobilizer unit. (S-net line short (IMOCD))The communication was not good between the PCM and the immobilizer unit by batteryvoltage low.The communication was not good between the immobilizer unit and the PCM byinfluence of some noise.Immobilizer unit failurePCM failure


Blown fuseHarness open from the immobilizer control unit-receiver and the imoes unit.The communication was not good between the immobilizer control unit-receiver and theimoes by influence of some noise.


Blown fuseHarness open from the PCM to the immobilizer unit.The communication was not good between the PCM and the immobilizer unit by batteryvoltage low.The communication was not good between the immobilizer unit and the PCM byinfluence of some noise.Immobilizer unit failurePCM failure

07/05/10 10:27:36 61SJC020_220_0325

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＦＡＡＴ５１

Status Log No. Detected Item Probable Cause

22-323

Status Log

If you suspect there is a immobilizer system problem, check the status log.



3. On the HDS screen, select Honda systems, select immobilizer set-up, select immobilizer information, then selectstatus log.

4. Check the status log count. Troubleshoot the status with the highest count first. If no counts are listed, theimmobilizer system is OK. Continue with normal symptom troubleshooting.

A-1 KEY CODE MISMATCH(Code format normal, but codedata is mismatch)

1.2.3.

The key was not registeredInterference from metal such as key chainsLow battery voltage

A-2 KEY CODE MISMATCH(Code format failure)

1. Ignition switch was turned on with anothertype of immobilizer key or aftermarket key

2.3.

Interference from metal such as key chainsLow battery voltage

A-3 KEY CODE MISMATCH(No key code or non-immobilizerkey)

1. Ignition switch was turn on with another typeof immobilizer key or aftermarket key

2.3.4.5.

Interference from metal such as key chainsLow battery voltageKey failureImmobilizer control unit-receiver failure

B-1 PCM CODE MISMATCH(Code format normal, but codedata is mismatch)

1.2.3.

PCM was not registered correctlyLow battery voltagePoor or loose terminal connections at theimmobilizer control unit-receiver

4. Communication line electrical noiseB-2 PCM MISMATCH

(Code format failure)1.2.3.

PCM was not registered correctlyLow battery voltagePoor or loose terminal connections at theimmobilizer control unit-receiver

4. Communication line electrical noiseD-1 SECURITY-NET LINE PROBLEM

(Short to ground)IMOCD (S-NET)

1.2.

Low battery voltagePoor or loose terminal connections at theimmobilizer control unit-receiver and the PCM

3. Communication line electrical noiseD-3 SECURITY-NET LINE PROBLEM

(Open line or PCM failure)IMOCD (S-NET)

1. Open or short in the harness from the PCM tothe immobilizer control unit-receiver

2.3.

Low battery voltagePoor or loose terminal connections at theimmobilizer control unit-receiver and the PCM

4. Communication line electrical noise

07/05/10 10:27:36 61SJC020_220_0326

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２０００００ＢＢＡＴ５１

Added or replaced part Necessary operation after entering the

Immobilizer Setup menu by the HDS

Prepared part(s)

when registered

Information

needed

22-324

Immobilizer System

Registration for Immobilizer System



3. Select IMMOBILIZER from the SYSTEM SELECT menu.

4. Select the suitable menu from the HDS indications as follows.

NOTE: The immobilizer control unit-receiver can store up to six transponder codes.

••••••

Replace any of the keys Select ‘‘KEYS’’, then ‘‘REWRITE KEYS’’ All registered keysAll new keys

HDS 1stpassword

Add a key Select ‘‘Keys’’, then ‘‘Add 1 Key’’ A registered keyA new key

HDS 1stpassword

Add keys Select ‘‘Add and Delete Keys’’, then‘‘Delete or Add Multiple Keys’’

All registered keysAll new keys

HDS 1stpassword

Deleting the registration oflost keys

Select ‘‘KEYS’’, then ‘‘REWRITE KEYS’’ All new keys HDS 1stpassword

All keys are lost.Replace all keys.

Select ‘‘KEYS’’, then ‘‘ALL KEYS LOST’’ All new keys PCM code

The immobilizer controlunit-receiver is replaced.

Select ‘‘REPLACE IMMOBI UNIT’’ All registered keys PCM code

PCM is replaced. Select ‘‘REPLACE ECM/PCM’’ One registered key PCM codeThe steering lock assemblyis replaced (also alltransponder is replacedand registered).

Select ‘‘KEYS’’, then ‘‘ALL KEYS LOST’’ All registered keys PCM code

Replace the imoes unit(’07-08 Canada models, ’08USA models)

Select ‘‘Replace IMOES’’ One registered key PCM code

07/05/10 10:27:36 61SJC020_220_0327

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＫＨＪ４６６３６２３４５３１ＦＣＡＴ００

’07-08 Canada models

Cavity Wire Test Condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is notobtained

22-325

D

C

A

BA

RED/WHTRED/BLU

WHT/REDBLK/GRNBRN/YEL

1. Remove the rear panel insulator (see page 20-69).

2. ’08 model: Remove the two bolts, tabs (A), and the cover (B).

3. Disconnect the 5P connector (C) from the imoes unit (D).



• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the imoes unit must be faulty; replace it.

•••

••

••

••

••••••

1 Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground:There should be continuity.

Faulty PCM or disconnect connectorAn open in the wire

5 Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.


3 Ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.

Blown No. 19 (15 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

2 Under all conditionsNOTE: Test with imoes unit,PCM, and immobilizer controlunit-receiver disconnected.


Faulty immobilizer control unit-receiverFaulty PCMAn open in the wire

Check for continuity between the No. 2terminal, PCM connector A (44P)No. 44 terminal, and immobilizercontrol unit-receiver No. 2 terminals:There should be continuity

4 Ignition key removed from theignition switch

Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage

Faulty PCMFaulty ignition key switchA short to ground in the wire

Ignition key inserted in theignition switch


Faulty ignition key switchAn open in the wirePoor ground (G401)


07/05/10 10:27:37 61SJC020_220_0328

Imoes Unit Input Test/Replacement

5. Reconnect the connector to the imoes unit, and make these input tests at the connector.

WHT/RED

RED/BLU

RED/WHT

BRN/YEL

Under all conditions

BLK/GRN

(Signal)

(LG1)

(+B)

(IG1)

(IMOCD)

(KEY SW)

０１

ＳＪＣ８ＡＫＢＪ４６６３６２３４５３１ＦＣＡＴ００

’08 USA models

22-326

Immobilizer System

Imoes Unit Input Test (cont’d)

BRN/YEL BLK/GRN WHT/RED

RED/BLU RED/WHT

A

B

1. Remove the rear panel insulator (see page 20-69).

2. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the imoes unit (B).



• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the imoes unit must be faulty; replace it.


07/05/10 10:27:37 61SJC020_220_0329

4. Reconnect the connector to the imoes unit, and make these input tests at the connector.

Cavity Wire Test Condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is notobtained

•••

••

••

••

••••••

1 Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground:There should be continuity.

Faulty PCM or disconnect connectorAn open in the wire

5 Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.


3 Ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.

Blown No. 19 (15 A) fuse in theunder-dash fuse/relay boxAn open in the wire

2 Under all conditionsNOTE: Test with imoes unit,PCM, and immobilizer controlunit-receiver disconnected.


Faulty immobilizer control unit-receiverFaulty PCMAn open in the wire

Check for continuity between the No. 2terminal, PCM connector A (44P)No. 44 terminal, and immobilizercontrol unit-receiver No. 2 terminals:There should be continuity

4 Ignition key removed from theignition switch

Check for voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage

Faulty PCMFaulty ignition key switchA short to ground in the wire

Ignition key inserted in theignition switch


Faulty ignition key switchAn open in the wirePoor ground (G401)

BRN/YEL

WHT/RED

BLK/GRN

RED/BLU

RED/WHT

(Signal)

(LG1)

(+B)

(IG1)

(IMOCD)

(KEY SW)

＊０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２３４４９１ＦＣＡＴ００

22-327

Immobilizer Control Unit-Receiver Input Test

BLK/GRN

BRN/YEL WHT/RED

A

B

NOTE: Before troubleshooting check the No. 7 (7.5 A) and No. 19 (15 A) fuses in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover (see page 20-83).


3. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the immobilizer control unit-receiver (B).



(cont’d)


07/05/10 10:27:37 61SJC020_220_0330

Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired

result is not obtained

22-328

Immobilizer System

Immobilizer Control Unit-Receiver Input Test (cont’d)

5. Reconnect the connector to the immobilizer control unit-receiver, and make these input tests at the connector.

• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.• If all the input tests prove OK, the immobilizer control unit-receiver must be faulty; replace it.

••••

•

•

•••


Measure voltage to ground:There should be less than 0.5 V.

Poor ground (G101)An open in the wireFaulty PCM


Measure voltage betweenimmobilizer control unit-receiver7P connector No. 7 terminal andbody ground:There should be battery voltage.

Blown No. 7 (7.5 A) fuse inthe under-dash fuse/relayboxAn open in the wire

6 Ignition switchON (II)

Measure voltage to ground:There should be battery voltage.

Blown No. 19 (15 A) fuse inthe under-dash fuse/relayboxAn open in the wire

2 PCM, imoesunit, andimmobilizercontrol unit-receiverconnectorsdisconnected

Should have continuity betweenPCM, imoes unit and immobilizercontrol unit-receiver. Should nothave continuity to ground.

Open circuitShort to ground

07/05/10 10:27:46 61SJC020_220_0331

BRN/YEL

WHT/RED

BLK/GRN

RED/BLU

(S-NET)

(Signal)

(LG1)

(+B)

(IG1)

(IMOLD)

０１

ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｊ４６６３６２３４４９１ＫＢＡＴ００

22-329

Immobilizer Control Unit-Receiver Replacement

A

CB

1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover(see page 20-83).


3. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from theimmobilizer control unit-receiver (B).

4. Remove the two screws and the immobilizercontrol unit-receiver from the ignition key cylinder(C).

5. Install the immobilizer control unit-receiver in thereverse order of removal.

6. After replacement, check the immobilizer system.

07/05/10 10:27:46 61SJC020_220_0332

Documents

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If … - Body Electrical.pdf · SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If electrical maintenance is required) ... Honda dealer. • To avoid